Basic Interview Questions For Skills Tests

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print.
In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2018
All rights reserved.

Part Number: J7BX-19A321-ZCA 201801 20180118060736
Table of Contents
Introduction Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control

..........................................................................2 6
About This Manual ..........................................5
Symbols Glossary ............................................5
MyKey™
Data Recording ..................................................7
Principle of Operation ..................................27
Replacement Parts Recommendation
.............................................................................8 Creating a MyKey ...........................................27
Special Notices ................................................8 Programming a MyKey ................................28
Mobile Communications Equipment Clearing All MyKeys ......................................29
.............................................................................9 Checking MyKey System Status ..............29
Using MyKey With Remote Start
At a Glance Systems ........................................................29
Instrument Panel Overview .......................10 MyKey Troubleshooting ..............................29
Child Safety Doors and Locks

Installing Child Restraints ............................11 Locking and Unlocking .................................31
Child Restraint Positioning .........................13
Child Safety Locks .........................................14 Liftgate
Manual Liftgate ..............................................35
Seatbelts
Fastening the Seatbelts ...............................15 Security
Seatbelt Height Adjustment ......................16 Passive Anti-Theft System ........................36
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator Anti-Theft Alarm ...........................................36
Chime .............................................................16
Seatbelt Reminder .........................................17 Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ...................37
Supplementary Restraints Audio Control ..................................................37
System Voice Control ..................................................39
Principle of Operation ..................................18
Driver and Passenger Airbags ...................19 Wipers and Washers
Side Airbags ....................................................20 Windshield Wipers .......................................40
Side Curtain Airbags ......................................21 Autowipers ......................................................40
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ........21 Windshield Washers .....................................41
Airbag Disposal ..............................................22 Rear Window Wiper and Washers ...........41
Keys and Remote Controls Lighting

General Information on Radio General Information .....................................43
Frequencies .................................................23
Lighting Control .............................................43
Remote Control - Vehicles Without:
Keyless Entry ...............................................23 Autolamps .......................................................44
Remote Control - Vehicles With: Keyless Headlamp Exit Delay ...................................44
Entry ...............................................................24 Front Fog Lamps ...........................................45
Figo (CDU) India, Vehicles Built From: 26-02-2018, J7BX-19A321-ZCA enIND, Edition date: 201801, First Printing
Table of Contents
Rear Fog Lamps .............................................45 Storage Compartments

Headlamp Leveling ......................................46 Cup Holders .....................................................73
Direction Indicators .......................................47 Center Console ...............................................73
Interior Lamps .................................................47 Overhead Console .........................................74
Map Pockets ....................................................74
Windows and Mirrors Bottle Holder ...................................................74
Power Windows - Vehicles With:
One-Touch Open and Close Driver
Window ........................................................48 Starting and Stopping the
Engine
Exterior Mirrors ...............................................49
General Information .....................................75
Interior Mirror ...................................................51
Ignition Switch ................................................75
Sun Visors ........................................................52
Push Button Ignition Switch ......................75
Instrument Cluster Steering Wheel Lock ....................................76
Starting a Gasoline Engine .........................77
Gauges ..............................................................53
Starting a Diesel Engine ..............................78
Warning Lamps and Indicators ................54
Switching Off the Engine ............................79
Audible Warnings and Indicators .............57
Information Displays Fuel and Refueling

Safety Precautions .......................................80
General Information .....................................58
Fuel Quality - Diesel ....................................80
Trip Computer ................................................58
Fuel Quality - Gasoline ................................81
Information Messages ................................59
Running Out of Fuel ......................................81
Climate Control Refueling ..........................................................82
Manual Climate Control .............................62 Fuel Consumption ........................................83
Automatic Climate Control .......................63
Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate
Engine Emission Control
..........................................................................65 Catalytic Converter ......................................84
Heated Rear Window ...................................67 Diesel Particulate Filter ..............................84
Cabin Air Filter ................................................67
Transmission
Seats Manual Transmission ...................................87
Sitting in the Correct Position ..................68 Automatic Transmission ............................88
Head Restraints .............................................68
Manual Seats .................................................69 Brakes
Rear Seats ........................................................70 General Information .....................................92
Rear Seat Armrest ..........................................71 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
..........................................................................9 2
Auxiliary Power Points Parking Brake ..................................................92
Hill Start Assist ..............................................93
Auxiliary Power Points .................................72
Table of Contents
Traction Control Fuel Shutoff ..................................................109

Principle of Operation .................................95 Jump Starting the Vehicle .........................110
Using Traction Control ................................95 Post-Crash Alert System ...........................112
Transporting the Vehicle ............................112
Stability Control Towing Points .................................................113
Principle of Operation .................................96
Using Stability Control ................................96 Fuses
Fuse Box Locations ......................................115
Parking Aids Fuse Specification Chart ...........................115
Principle of Operation ..................................97 Changing a Fuse ............................................121
Rear Parking Aid .............................................97
Rear View Camera ........................................98 Maintenance
General Information ...................................124
Driving Aids Opening and Closing the Hood ..............124
Steering ............................................................101 Under Hood Overview - 1.2L TiVCT .......125
Under Hood Overview - 1.5L TiVCT ......126
Load Carrying Under Hood Overview - 1.5L TDCi .........127
General Information ...................................102 Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.2L TiVCT/1.5L
TiVCT ...........................................................129
Luggage Covers - 5-Door ..........................102
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.5L TDCi ................129
Roof Racks and Load Carriers ................102
Engine Oil Check ..........................................129
Towing Engine Coolant Check ...............................130
Brake Fluid Check .........................................131
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
5-Speed Manual Transmission 5MX65 Clutch Fluid Check .......................................132
........................................................................104 Washer Fluid Check ....................................132
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - Changing the 12V Battery .........................132
6-Speed Automatic Transmission -
6F15 ..............................................................104 Checking the Wiper Blades ......................133
Changing the Wiper Blades .....................133
Driving Hints Changing a Bulb - 4-Door ........................134
Breaking-In ....................................................106 Changing a Bulb - 5-Door .........................137
Economical Driving ....................................106 Bulb Specification Chart ..........................140
Cold Weather Precautions ......................106 Changing the Engine Air Filter .................141
Driving Through Water ...............................107
Floor Mats .......................................................107
Vehicle Care
Cleaning the Exterior ..................................143
Roadside Emergencies Cleaning the Engine ...................................144
Hazard Flashers ...........................................109 Cleaning the Interior ...................................144
First Aid Kit ....................................................109 Repairing Minor Paint Damage ..............146
Warning Triangle .........................................109 Cleaning the Wheels ..................................146
Table of Contents
Vehicle Storage .............................................147 Using Voice Recognition ...........................186

Entertainment ...............................................191
Wheels and Tires Phone ..............................................................196
General Information ...................................149 Apps ................................................................202
Tire Care ..........................................................149 Settings ..........................................................204
Resetting the Tire Pressure Monitoring SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting ......................216
System ........................................................150
Changing a Road Wheel ............................151 Appendices
Tire Pressures ................................................155 Electromagnetic Compatibility .............230
Lug Nuts ..........................................................157 End User License Agreement .................232
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications - 1.2L TiVCT .......158

Engine Specifications - 1.5L TiVCT .......159
Engine Specifications - 1.5L TDCi .........160
Weights ............................................................161
Vehicle Dimensions - 4-Door ..................162
Vehicle Dimensions - 5-Door ..................164
Vehicle Identification Plate .....................166
Vehicle Identification Number ...............166
Capacities and Specifications - 1.2L
TiVCT ............................................................167
Capacities and Specifications - 1.5L
TiVCT ...........................................................168
Capacities and Specifications - 1.5L TDCi
.........................................................................170
Audio System
General Information ....................................172
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ......172
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
Bluetooth ....................................................174
Streaming Bluetooth Audio ......................177
Playing Media From a USB Device .........177
USB Port ..........................................................178
Media Hub ......................................................178
SYNC™ 3
General Information ...................................179
Home Screen ................................................184
Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL

Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and E154903
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any A Right-hand side.
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe B Left-hand side.
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable These are some of the symbols you may
local laws that may affect the use of see on your vehicle.
electronic devices while driving. Safety alert.
Note: This manual describes product

features and options available throughout See the Owner's Manual.
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the Air conditioning system.
vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this E162384
manual may show features as used in Anti-lock braking system.

different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle Avoid smoking, flames or sparks.
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Battery.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
Battery acid.
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat. Brake fluid level.
Introduction
Brake system. Explosive gas.
Brake failure. Fan warning.
Cabin air filter. Fasten seatbelt.

E71880
Check fuel cap. Front airbag.

E67017
Child safety door lock. Front fog lamps.
Child safety door unlock. Fuel pump reset.
Child seat lower anchor. Fuse compartment.
Child seat tether anchor. Hazard warning flashers.
Cruise control. Heated rear window.
Do not open when hot. Heated windshield.
Electronic power steering Interior luggage compartment

malfunction. release.
Engine air filter. Jack.
Engine coolant. Keep out of reach of children.

E161353
Engine coolant temperature. Lighting control.
Engine oil. Low tire pressure warning.
Introduction
Maintain correct fluid level. DATA RECORDING

A large number of electronic components
Panic alarm. of your vehicle contain data storage
modules temporarily or permanently
storing technical data about the condition
Parking aid. of the vehicle, events and malfunctions.
In general, this technical information
documents the condition of parts,
Parking brake. modules, systems or the environment:
• Operating conditions of system
components (e.g. filling levels).
Power steering fluid.
• Status messages of the vehicle and its
individual components (e.g. number of
Power windows. wheel revolutions/rotational speed,
deceleration, lateral acceleration).
• Malfunctions and defects in important
Power window lockout. system components (e.g. lighting and
brake system).
• Vehicle reactions in particular driving
Check Engine. situations (e.g. inflation of an airbag,
activation of the stability regulation
system).
Service engine soon. • Environmental conditions (e.g.
temperature).
Side airbag. These data are exclusively technical and

help identification and correction of
malfunctions as well as optimisation of
vehicle functions. Motion profiles indicating
Shield the eyes. travelled routes cannot be created with
these data.
E167012
If services are used (e.g. repair works,

Stability control.
service processes, warranty cases, quality
E138639 assurance), employees of the service
network (including manufacturers) are
Windshield wash and wipe. able to read out this technical information
from the event and malfunction data
storage modules using special diagnostic
devices. If required, you will receive further
information. After a malfunction has been
corrected, these data are deleted from the
malfunction storage module or they are
constantly overwritten.
Introduction
When using the vehicle, situations may Collision Repairs

occur in which these technical data related
to other information (accident report, We hope that you never experience a
damages on the vehicle, witness collision, but accidents do happen.
statements, etc.) may be associated with Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
a specific person - possibly, with the meet our stringent requirements for fit,
assistance of an expert. finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
Additional functions contractually agreed vehicle development we validate that
upon with the client (e.g. vehicle location these parts deliver the intended level of
in emergency cases) allow the protection as a whole system. A great way
transmission of particular vehicle data to know for sure you are getting this level
from the vehicle. of protection is to use genuine Ford
Note: Do not connect wireless plug-in replacement collision parts.
devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain access Warranty on Replacement Parts
to vehicle data and impair the performance Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
of safety related systems. Only allow repair parts are the only replacement parts that
facilities that follow our service and repair benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
instructions to connect their equipment to Warranty may not cover damage caused
the data link connector. to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
REPLACEMENT PARTS refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest SPECIAL NOTICES
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of Note: If converting or modifying your vehicle
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts from production specification, see your
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled authorized dealer.
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
solvents on the tag.
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their We have installed the radio frequency
packaging. identifier (RFID) tag in your vehicle in
compliance with the government directives
Scheduled Maintenance and under the MORTH final notification GSR
Mechanical Repairs 207 (E), dated 08 April 2013. Ford does not
in any way guarantee or warrant the
One of the best ways for you to make sure quality, contents, accuracy of the product
that your vehicle provides years of service or data contained in the tag.
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that This tag is for the exclusive use of
conform to the specifications detailed in government authorities or personnel
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and authorized by the government. The
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these responsibility of keeping and maintaining
specifications. the RFID tag is with the owner of the
vehicle.
Introduction
Note: The tag is on the top left-hand side

of the windshield.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING
loss of vehicle control, crash and
you use extreme caution when using any
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
while driving and encourage the use of
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner

before attempting these operations.
At a Glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
E265201
A Air vents. H Climate control. See Climate

Control (page 62).
B Direction indicators. See
Direction Indicators (page 47). I Ignition switch. See Ignition
High beam. Switch (page 75).
C Instrument cluster. See J Horn.
Instrument Cluster (page 53). K Steering wheel adjustment lever.
D Wiper lever. See Wipers and See Adjusting the Steering
Washers (page 40). Wheel (page 37).
E Information and entertainment L Audio control. See Audio
display. See SYNC™ 3 (page Control (page 37). Voice
179). control. See Voice Control
(page 39).
F Hazard flasher switch. See
Hazard Flashers (page 109). M Hood release lever. See
Opening and Closing the
G Audio unit. See Audio System Hood (page 124).
(page 172).
N Lighting control.
10
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD WARNINGS

RESTRAINTS Do not hold a child on your lap when
your vehicle is moving.
Do not leave children or pets
unattended in your vehicle. Failure
to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
If your vehicle has been involved in a
crash, have the child restraints
checked.
E133140
Note: Children should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position
whenever possible. When using a child
safety seat ensure that the rear seat back
is in the most upright position.
Child Restraints for Different Mass

Groups
Use the correct child restraint as follows:
Baby Safety Seat
E68916
WARNINGS
Secure children that are less than
150 cm tall in an approved child
restraint on the rear seat.
EXTREME HAZARD! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front
of it!
Read and follow the manufacturer's E68918
instructions when you are installing Secure children that weigh less than 13 kg
a child restraint. in a rearward facing baby safety seat
Do not modify child restraints in any (Group 0+) on the rear seat.
way.
11
Child Safety
Child Safety Seat Note: When using a child seat on a rear

seat, make sure that the child seat rests
tightly against the vehicle seat. It may be
necessary to lift or remove the head
restraint. See Head Restraints (page 68).
Booster Seat (Group 2)
E68920
Secure children that weigh between 13 kg

and 18 kg in a child safety seat (Group 1)
on the rear seat.
Booster Seats E70710
WARNINGS We recommend that you use a booster

Do not install a booster seat or a seat that combines a cushion with a
booster cushion with only the lap backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
strap of the seatbelt. The raised seating position will allow you
to position the shoulder strap of the adult
Do not install a booster seat or a safety belt over the center of your child’s
booster cushion with a seatbelt that shoulder and the lap strap tightly across
is slack or twisted. its hips.
Do not put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt or allow the child to put Booster Cushion (Group 3)
the shoulder section of the seatbelt
under their arm or behind their back. Failure
to follow this instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase
the risk of injury or death in a crash.
Do not use pillows, books or towels
to boost your child's height. Failure
to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
Make sure that your children sit in an
upright position.
E68924
Secure children that weigh greater than

15 kg but are less than 150 cm tall in a
booster seat or on a booster cushion.
12
Child Safety
CHILD RESTRAINT WARNINGS

POSITIONING When using a child restraint on a rear
seat, the child restraint must rest
WARNINGS tightly against the vehicle seat. It
must not touch the head restraint. If
EXTREME HAZARD! Do not use a necessary remove the head restraint.
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front
of it! Note: Please consult your authorized dealer
for the latest details relating to Ford
If you use a child restraint that has a recommended child seats.
support leg, make sure the support
leg rests securely on the floor. Note: When using a child restraint on a
front seat, always adjust the front passenger
If you use a child restraint and a seat as far back as possible. If it proves
seatbelt, make sure that the seatbelt difficult to tighten the lap section of the
is not slack or twisted. seatbelt without slack remaining, adjust the
seat backrest.
Mass group categories
0 0+ 1 2 3
Seating positions
Up to
Up to 10 kg 9–18 kg 15–25 kg 22–36 kg
13 kg
Front Passenger X X UF¹ UF¹ UF¹

Rear Outboard U U U U U
Rear center X X X X X
X Not suitable for children in this mass group.

U Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF¹ Suitable for universal category forward facing child restraints approved for use in
this mass group.
13
Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS

WARNING
You cannot open the rear doors from
inside if you have put the child safety
locks on.
E176962
The childproof locks are located on the

rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.
14
Seatbelts
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS Three-point seatbelts are available with

the front seats and outboard position for
WARNINGS the rear seats. Keep the seatbelt buckle
on the rear floor free from luggage or
The wearing of a seatbelt is a objects.
mandatory requirement. Seatbelts
should be properly fastened and Buckling the safety belt
adjusted before the vehicle is driven. Adjust Pull the seatbelt out steadily.
the driver's seat position before fastening
the seatbelt.
Make sure that the seatbelts are
securely stowed away when not in
use and not outside your vehicle
when closing the doors.
Repairs to the steering wheel,
steering column, seats, airbags and
seatbelts must be carried out by an
authorized dealer. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in serious personal
injury or death.
Note: Fasten the safety belt only with the

vehicle at a standstill, and never when the
vehicle is moving. It may lock if you pull it E165534
sharply or if the vehicle is on a slope.
Releasing the safety belt
Always use the safety belts and child
restraint systems. Press the red button on the buckle, then
let the belt roll up smoothly and
The upper belt strap should rest on the completely.
shoulder, never over the neck. The lower
belt strap should be placed over the pelvic
area, never over the stomach.
Never use one belt for more than one
person. Make sure the belts are not twisted
or loose, nor obstructed by other
passengers or packages.
Do not recline the front seat backrests
excessively, as the safety belts only provide
maximum protection when the backrests
are in a nearly vertical position.
Retractable-inertial three-point safety
belts
15
Seatbelts
Position the lap strap comfortably across

your hips and low beneath your pregnant
abdomen. Position the shoulder strap
between your breasts, above and to the
side of your pregnant abdomen.
SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT (If Equipped)
WARNING
Position the seatbelt height adjuster
so that the seatbelt rests across the
middle of your shoulder. Failure to
adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce
its effectiveness and increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
E74124
Using Safety Belts During

Pregnancy
E145664
1. Pull the button and slide the height

E68587 adjuster up or down.
WARNING 2. Release the button and pull down on
the height adjuster to make sure it is
Position the seatbelt correctly for locked in place.
your safety and that of your unborn
child. Do not use only the lap strap
or the shoulder strap. SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
This lamp illuminates if the
driver's or passenger's safety
E71880 belt has not been fastened when
the vehicle's ignition is turned on.
16
Seatbelts
Conditions of operation
If... Then...
The driver's or passenger's safety belt is The safety belt warning light illuminates for
not buckled before the ignition switch is 5 seconds.
turned to the on position...
The driver's or passenger's safety belt is The safety belt warning light and warning
buckled while the indicator light is illumin- chime turn off.
ated and the warning chime is sounding...
The driver's or passenger's safety belt is The safety belt warning light and indicator
buckled before the ignition switch is turned chime remain off.
to the on position...
Note: Your vehicle may not be fitted with

the passenger's seatbelt warning lamp and
indicator chime.
SEATBELT REMINDER
WARNING
The system will only provide
protection when you use the seatbelt
correctly.
The warning lamp illuminates and an

audible warning will sound when the
following conditions have been met:
• The front seatbelts have not been
fastened.
• Your vehicle exceeds a relatively low
speed.
It will also illuminate and sound if a front
seatbelt is unfastened when your vehicle
is moving.
If you do not fasten your seatbelt the
warning switches off automatically after
approximately five minutes.
17
Supplementary Restraints System
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The airbags are a supplemental restraint

system and are designed to work with the
WARNINGS safety belts to help protect the driver and
front passenger from certain upper body
Airbags do not inflate slowly or injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there
gently, and the risk of injury from a is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag.
deploying airbag is the greatest close
to the trim covering the airbag module. Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
All occupants of your vehicle, airbag deploys. This is normal.
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
when an airbag supplemental restraint upon activation. After airbag deployment,
system is provided. Failure to properly wear it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
your safety belt could seriously increase residue or smell the burnt propellant which
the risk of injury or death. may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
Always transport children 12 years
old and under in the back seat and While the system is designed to help
always properly use appropriate reduce serious injuries, contact with a
child restraints. Failure to follow this could deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
seriously increase the risk of injury or death. or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
Never place your arm over the airbag associated with a deploying airbag.
module as a deploying airbag can Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
result in serious arm fractures or with considerable force, there is the risk of
other injuries. death or serious injuries such as fractures,
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
child seat. Never place a rear-facing particularly to occupants who are not
child seat in front of an active airbag. properly restrained or are otherwise out of
If you must use a forward-facing child seat position at the time of airbag deployment.
in the front seat, move the seat upon which Thus, it is extremely important that
the child seat is installed all the way back. occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
Do not attempt to service, repair, or while maintaining vehicle control.
modify the airbag supplemental
restraint systems or its fuses as you Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
could be seriously injured or killed. Contact required.
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components
get hot after inflation. Do not touch
them after inflation as this may result
in serious injury.
If the airbag has deployed, the airbag
will not function again and must be
replaced immediately. If the airbag
is not replaced, the unrepaired area will
increase the risk of injury in a collision.
18
DRIVER AND PASSENGER After all occupants have adjusted their

seats and put on safety belts, it is very
AIRBAGS important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
WARNING upright, leaning against the seat back, and
Never place your arm or any objects centered on the seat cushion, with their
over an airbag module. Placing your feet comfortably extended on the floor.
arm over a deploying airbag can Sitting improperly can increase the chance
result in serious arm fractures or other of injury in a crash event. For example, if
injuries. Objects placed on or over the an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
airbag inflation area may cause those sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
objects to be propelled by the airbag into sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
your face and torso causing serious injury. chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
Children and Airbags

WARNING
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the seat upon which
the child seat is installed all the way back.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags will

deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
Proper Driver and Front Passenger

Seating Adjustment
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you E142846
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably. Children must always be properly
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
degrees) from the upright position. children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
19
SIDE AIRBAGS (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into
contact with a deploying curtain airbag.
Failure to follow these instructions may
increase the risk of personal injury in the
event of a crash.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The side airbag could injure you as it
deploys from the side of the
seatback. E72658
Do not use accessory seat covers. The side airbags are on the outermost side
The use of accessory seat covers of each front seat backrest. There is a label
may prevent the deployment of the attached to the side of each backrest to
side airbags and increase the risk of injury indicate this.
in an accident.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the supplementary restraint
system or associated components.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
If a supplementary restraint system
component has deployed, it will not
function again. Have the system and
associated components inspected as soon
as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury E152533
or death.
The side airbags are designed to inflate
between the door panel and the occupant
to enhance the protection in certain
crashes.
The airbag is designed to deploy during a
significant lateral crash. It might also
deploy during a significant frontal crash.
The airbag is not designed to deploy during
a minor lateral or frontal crash, rear crash
or a vehicle rollover.
20
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS (If CRASH SENSORS AND

Equipped) AIRBAG INDICATOR (If Equipped)
WARNING WARNING
Do not place objects or mount Modifying or adding equipment to
equipment on or near the headliner the front end of the vehicle (including
at the siderail that may come into but not limited to frame, bumper,
contact with a deploying curtain airbag. front end body structure and tow hooks)
Failure to follow these instructions may may affect the performance of the airbag
increase the risk of personal injury in the system, increasing the risk of injury. Do not
event of a crash. modify the front end of the vehicle.
The restraints control module monitors

the readiness of the safety devices plus
the crash and occupant sensors. The
readiness of the safety system is indicated
by a warning indicator light in the
instrument cluster or by a backup tone if
the warning light is not working. Routine
maintenance of the airbag is not required.
A malfunction in the system is indicated
by one or more of the following:
The readiness light will not
illuminate immediately after the
E75004 E67017 ignition is turned on.
The airbags are above the front and rear • The readiness light will either flash or
side windows. stay lit.
The airbag is designed to deploy during a • A series of five beeps will be heard. The
significant lateral or frontal angled crash. tone pattern will repeat periodically
The airbag is not designed to deploy during until the problem, the light or both are
a minor lateral and frontal crash, rear crash repaired.
or a vehicle rollover.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.
The driver's safety belt pretensioner and
the front airbag supplemental restraint
system are designed to activate when the
vehicle sustains longitudinal deceleration
sufficient to cause the restraints control
module to deploy a safety device.
21
The fact that the driver's safety belt

pretensioner or front airbags did not
activate for both front seat occupants in
a crash does not mean that something is
wrong with the system. Rather, it means
the restraints control module determined
the accident conditions (crash severity,
belt usage) were not appropriate to
activate these safety devices.
• The front airbags activate only in
frontal and near-frontal crashes (not
rollovers, side impacts or rear impacts)
unless the crash causes sufficient
longitudinal deceleration.
• The design of the driver safety belt
pretensioner is to activate in frontal
and near-frontal crashes.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
22
Keys and Remote Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION ON Changing the Remote Control

Battery
RADIO FREQUENCIES
Make sure that you dispose of
Note: Changes or modifications not old batteries in an
expressly approved by the party responsible E107998 environmentally friendly way.
for compliance could void the user’s Seek advice from your local authority
authority to operate the equipment. regarding recycling.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 10 m. Remote Control With a Folding Key
A decrease in operating range could be Blade
caused by:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around your vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other radio
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
wireless remote controls, cell phones, E192327
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
frequencies are jammed, you will not be 1. Insert a screwdriver as far as possible
able to use your remote control. You can into the slot on the side of the remote
lock and unlock the doors with the key. control, gently push the clip.
Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked 2. Press the clip down to release the
before leaving it unattended. battery cover.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.
REMOTE CONTROL - VEHICLES

WITHOUT: KEYLESS ENTRY
Your authorized dealer can program a E151799
maximum of eight remote controls to your
3. Carefully remove the cover.
vehicle.
23
REMOTE CONTROL - VEHICLES

WITH: KEYLESS ENTRY
Passive Key
Type 1
E151800
4. Turn the remote control over to remove

the battery.
E265690
Type 2
E151801
Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or

the printed circuit board with the
screwdriver.
5. Install a new battery (3V CR 2032) with
the + facing upwards.
6. Replace the battery cover.
E265688
24
The key must be in your vehicle to use the

push button start.
Removable Key Blade

The passive key also contains a removable
key blade that you can use to unlock your
vehicle.
E265689
1. Push the release button and pull the

key blade out.
E265689
Push the release button and pull the key

blade out.
Changing the Remote Control

Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: You do not need to reprogram the
remote control after you have replaced its
battery, it should operate normally.
The remote control uses one coin-type

three-volt lithium battery CR2450 or
equivalent.
25
E218402
3. Insert a suitable tool, for example a

screwdriver, in the position shown and
carefully remove the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
E218401
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery cover and the key
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden blade.
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover. Locating Your Vehicle
Press the lock button on the key twice
within three seconds. The direction
indicators flash.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR

REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 36).
26
MyKey™ (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Configurable Settings

With an admin key, you can configure
The system allows you to program keys
certain MyKey settings when you first
with restricted driving modes to promote
create a MyKey and before you recycle the
good driving habits. All but one of the keys
key or restart the vehicle.
programmed to the vehicle can be
activated with these restricted modes. You can also change the settings
afterward with an admin key:
Any keys that have not been programmed
are referred to as administrator keys or • Vehicle speed limits can be set.
admin keys. These can be used to: Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
• Create a MyKey.
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
• Program configurable MyKey settings. cannot override the set speed by fully
• Clear all MyKey features. depressing the accelerator pedal.
When you have created a MyKey, you can • Various vehicle speed reminders can
access the following information using the be set. Warnings will be shown in the
information display: display followed by an audible tone
when the set vehicle speed is
• How many admin keys and MyKeys are exceeded.
programmed to your vehicle.
• Audio system maximum volume of
• The total distance your vehicle has 45%. A message will be shown in the
traveled using a MyKey. display when you attempt to exceed
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the the limited volume. Also, the speed
same settings. You cannot program them sensitive compensated volume
individually. (automatic volume control) feature
will be disabled.
Note: Switch the ignition on to use the
system. • Always on setting. When this is
selected, you will not be able to disable
Non-configurable Settings emergency assistance or the do not
disturb feature (if your vehicle is
The following settings cannot be changed equipped with these features).
by an admin key user:
• Safety belt minder. You cannot disable
this feature. The audio system will
CREATING A MYKEY
mute when this feature is activated.
1. Switch the ignition on using the key or
• Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning the transmitter you want to program.
activates earlier, giving the MyKey user
more time to refuel. 2. Access the main menu using the
entertainment display.
• Driver assist features, for example
parking aid, if equipped on your vehicle,
are forced on. These systems turn on
automatically whenever you switch the
ignition on.
27
To Create MyKey, use the entertainment display controls on the steering wheel
to select the following:
Menu Item Action
Settings Select settings.

Vehicle Select Vehicle.
MyKey Select MyKey.
Create MyKey Select Create MyKey.
Yes Select Yes.
For push-button start vehicles, place the transmitter in the backup position. See Remote
Control (page 24).
You will see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey. The key will be
restricted at the next start. The programmed restrictions apply when you switch the
ignition off, open and close the driver door and restart your vehicle with the programmed
key or transmitter.
MyKey is successfully created. Make sure

you label it so you can distinguish it from PROGRAMMING A MYKEY
the admin keys.
Optional Settings
You can program configurable settings for
the key(s). Refer to Programming a MyKey. You can only program MyKeys to the same
settings.
Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
To program a MyKey, use the entertainment display controls on the steering wheel
Menu Item Action
Settings Select Settings.

MyKey Select MyKey.
MyKey Scroll through the MyKey menu to change the settings of your
MyKey.
Follow the instructions in the display. The programmed restrictions apply when you key
off, open and close the driver door and restart your vehicle with the programmed key
or transmitter.
28
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
To Clear All MyKeys, use the entertainment display controls on the steering wheel
Menu Item Action
Settings Select Settings.

MyKey Select MyKey.
Clear All MyKeys Select Clear all MyKeys.
Yes Select Yes.
A message informing you that you successfully cleared All MyKeys should appear.
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you Number of MyKeys

remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys
to their original admin key status. Indicates the number of MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to detect how many MyKeys you
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM have for your vehicle and determine when
STATUS all MyKeys have been deleted.
You can find information about your Number of Admin Keys

programmed MyKeys by navigating to the
MyKey Menu on the entertainment display Indicates how many admin keys are
and selecting MyKey Information. programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many admin
MyKey Distance keys you have for your vehicle, and detect
if an additional MyKey has been
Tracks the distance when drivers use a programmed.
MyKey. The only way to delete the
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
not accumulate as expected, then the START SYSTEMS
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an
admin key user recently cleared and then MyKey is not compatible with
recreated a MyKey. non-Ford-approved aftermarket remote
start systems. If you choose to install a
remote start system, please see an
authorized dealer for a Ford-approved
remote start system.
MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
29
All Vehicles
Condition Potential Causes
I cannot create a MyKey. The key in the ignition is not an admin key.
The key in the ignition is the only key. There
always has to be at least one admin key.
I cannot program the optional settings. The key in the ignition is not an admin key.
There are no MyKeys programmed to your
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 27).
I cannot clear the MyKeys. The key in the ignition is not an admin key.
There are no MyKeys programmed to your
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 27).
I have lost the only admin key. Purchase a new key from an authorized
dealer.
The MyKey distance does not accumulate. The MyKey is not being used by the
intended user.
The MyKeys have been cleared. See
Clearing All MyKeys (page 29).
30
Doors and Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING Unlocking the Doors

Press the remote key unlock
Note: Depending on your vehicle option button to unlock all doors. The
package, your system may look different E138629 direction indicator flashes.
from what you see here.
Pull the interior driver door handle or press
You can use the manual door lock control, the remote key unlock button to unlock all
the key or the remote control to lock and doors. The direction indicator flashes when
unlock the vehicle. you use the remote key.
Manual Door Locks
Locking the Doors
The manual door lock control is on the
inner handle of the driver's door. Press the remote key lock button
to lock all the doors. The
E138623 direction indicator flashes if all
the doors, the luggage compartment and
the hood are closed.
Press the button again within three
C seconds to confirm that all the doors are
closed. The doors lock again, the horn
B sounds once and the turn signals flash
twice if all the doors, the luggage
compartment and the hood are closed.
A
Alternatively, you can press the driver door
interior handle to lock all doors.
E208591
Note: You can lock and unlock each
A Pull to open. passenger door individually. If the vehicle is
locked by the driver door with the luggage
B Unlocks all doors. compartment open and then the luggage
C Push to lock all doors. Driver compartment is closed, the direction
door only. indicator flashes once to confirm all doors
are closed.
Rear Door Unlocking and Opening Smart Unlock
Pull the interior door handle to unlock and If you press any door handle with another
open a rear door. door open, the handle will not move from
its pivotal position and remains unlocked.
Remote Control
Mislock
You can use the remote control at any
time. The luggage compartment release If you press the remote lock button with
button will only work when the vehicle any one door opened, the vehicle will lock
speed is less than 5 km/h. and then unlock immediately. If you press
the button again within 3 seconds, the horn
will sound twice to warn that not all doors
are closed correctly.
31
Doors and Locks
Opening the Luggage Compartment Autounlock Feature (If Equipped)
Press the button twice within The autounlock feature unlocks all the
three seconds to open the doors when:
E138630
luggage compartment.
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
Make sure to close and latch the luggage closed, and your vehicle has been in
compartment before driving your vehicle. motion at a speed greater than
An unlatched luggage compartment may 20 km/h .
cause objects to fall out or block your view. • Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to accessory.
Auto Relock • You open the driver door within 10
If you press the unlock button on the minutes of the switching the ignition
remote control and do not open a door off or to accessory.
within 45 seconds, your vehicle will lock Note: If you electronically lock your vehicle
and the alarm will arm. after you switch the ignition off with the
driver door closed, the doors will not
Autolock Feature autounlock.
The autolock feature will lock all the doors Enabling or Disabling
when:
• All doors are closed. Note: Autounlock feature can be enabled
or disabled with the help of your authorized
• The ignition is on. dealer.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• Your vehicle attains a speed greater
than 20 km/h.
The autolock feature repeats when:
• You open then close any door while the
ignition is on and your vehicle speed is
15 km/h or lower.
• Your vehicle attains a speed greater
than 20 km/h.
Enabling or Disabling
Note: Autolock feature can be enabled or
disabled with the help of your authorized
dealer.
32
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking the Doors Locking and Unlocking the Doors
with the Key Individually with the Key Blade (If
Equipped)
B B Locking the Doors
A A
E112203
E71962
If the central locking function does not
A Unlock operate, lock the doors individually using
the key in the position shown.
B Lock
Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Unlocking the Doors

If the central locking function does not
operate, unlock the driver door and then
unlock all other doors individually by
pulling the interior door handles.
Note: When you unlock the doors using this
method, you must lock the doors individually
until you have the central locking function
repaired.
33
Doors and Locks
Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps illuminate when you unlock the
doors with the remote entry system.
The illuminated entry system turns off the
lights if:
• The ignition is on.
• You press the remote control lock
button.
• After 25 seconds of illumination.
The lights do not turn off if:
• You turn them on with the lamp
control.
• Any door is open.
Illuminated Exit
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps illuminate when all doors are closed,
you switch the ignition off and you remove
the key from the ignition (integrated
keyhead transmitter only).
The lamps turn off if all the doors remain
closed and:
• 25 seconds have elapsed.
• You press the remote control lock
button.
Battery Saver
If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome
lamps on, the battery saver shuts them off
10 minutes after you switch the ignition off.
34
Liftgate
MANUAL LIFTGATE Smart unlock (If Equipped)

While the liftgate is ajar, if no Passive Key
WARNINGS is detected outside but one is found inside
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a the liftgate when the vehicle is
cargo area, inside or outside of a electronically locked, the vehicle will
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in perform a Passive liftgate Smart Unlock
these areas are more likely to be seriously by unlocking and releasing the liftgate after
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride it is closed. It inhibits the liftgate alarm and
in any area of your vehicle that is not Intrusion Sensing and provides 2 horn
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make chirps as feedback.
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes
from entering your vehicle. If you are
unable to fully close the liftgate, open the
air vents or the windows to allow fresh air
to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing

the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open when
you are driving. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Opening the Liftgate Using the

Remote Control
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
E138630
35
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT ANTI-THEFT ALARM

SYSTEM
The system warns you of an unauthorized
Principle of Operation entry to your vehicle through audio and
visual feedback. It triggers if you open any
The system prevents someone from door, the luggage compartment or the
starting the engine with an incorrectly hood without using the remote control.
coded key. The direction indicators flash and the horn
sounds if unauthorized entry is attempted
Coded Keys while the alarm is armed.
If you lose a key, you can purchase a Take all remote controls to an authorized
replacement from an authorized dealer. If dealer if there are any potential alarm
possible, provide them with the key problems with your vehicle.
number from the tag provided with the
original keys. You can also obtain extra Arming the Alarm
keys from an authorized dealer.
Note: If the alarm is armed and the luggage
Note: Have all of your remaining keys compartment door is released, the alarm
erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have remains armed on the other doors. Once
replacement keys coded together with closed, there is a short flash of the indicator
recoding your remaining keys. See an lamps to indicate the vehicle is secure.
authorized dealer for further information.
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
Note: Do not shield your keys with metal not a key in the ignition or vehicle (with a
objects. This may prevent the receiver from passive keyfob) and all side doors are
recognizing a coded key. closed. Lock the vehicle using the remote
control to arm the alarm.
Arming the Engine Immobilizer
When you switch the ignition off the engine Disarming the Alarm
immobilizer will arm automatically after a Disarm the alarm by any of the following
short time. actions:
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer • Unlock the doors with the remote
control.
When you switch the ignition on the engine • Switch the ignition on.
immobilizer will disarm automatically if a
correctly coded key is used. • Use a valid key in the driver's door to
unlock the vehicle, then switch the
If you are unable to start the engine with a ignition on within 12 seconds.
correctly coded key, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer. • Start the vehicle with a valid key.
36
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING

WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the

correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 68).
2
3
E95179
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped)

Select the required source on the audio
unit.
1 You can operate the following functions

with the control:
E176972
1. Unlock the steering column.

2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
37
Steering Wheel
Type 1 Type 2
A A
E
B D B
D
C
C E164290
E164289
A Volume up
A Volume up
B Seek up or next
B Seek up, next or end call
C Volume down
C Volume down
D Seek down or previous
D Seek down, previous or accept
E Mode
call
Press M to select the audio source.
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset.
• play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next station up or
down the frequency band.
• seek through a track.
38
Steering Wheel
VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped)
E141533
Press the button to select or deselect voice

control. See SYNC™ 3 (page 179).
Pressing seek up or seek down buttons will
also cancel a voice session.
Note: When an iOS phone is paired, you
can hold the Voice Control button for a short
period of time to activate the device's virtual
assistant. See SYNC™ 3 (page 179).
39
Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WIPERS Intermittent Wipe
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before A

switching on the windshield wipers. B
Note: Make sure you switch off the
windshield wipers before entering a car
wash.
Note: Install new wiper blades as soon as
they begin to leave bands of water and
smears on the windshield.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass, C
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper E207768
motor to burn out. Always use the

windshield washers before wiping a dry A Short wipe interval
windshield. B Intermittent wipe
D C Long wipe interval
C Use the rotary control to adjust the

intermittent wipe interval.
B
AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)
Note: Make sure you switch off the
windshield wipers before entering a car
wash.
Note: Install new wiper blades as soon as
they begin to leave bands of water and
A smears on the windshield.
E207767 Note: When the autowipers detect enough
moisture on the windshield for normal speed
A Single wipe wipe and you have the autolamps feature
B Intermittent wipe switched on, the low-beam headlamps will
also turn on automatically.
C Normal wipe
Note: During wet or winter driving
D High speed wipe conditions with ice, snow or a salty road
mist, inconsistent or unexpected wiping or
smearing may occur.
40
Wipers and Washers
In these conditions, you can do the You can switch this feature on and off
following: through the information display. See
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers General Information (page 58).
to reduce the amount of smearing.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe. WINDSHIELD WASHERS
• Switch the autowipers off.
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
B A cause the washer pump to overheat.
E215721
C E207769
Push the button to operate the washers.

A High sensitivity When you release the button, the wipers
B On will operate for a short time.
C Low sensitivity
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
The rain sensor monitors the amount of WASHERS (If Equipped)
moisture on the windshield and
automatically turns on the wipers. It will
adjust the wiper speed by the amount of
Intermittent Wipe
moisture that the sensor detects on the
windshield.
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the rain sensor. Set the
control to low sensitivity, and the wipers
will turn on when the rain sensor detects
a large amount of moisture on the
windshield. Set the control to high
sensitivity, and the wipers will turn on when
the rain sensor detects a small amount of
moisture on the windshield.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean
because the rain sensor is very sensitive. If E207775
the area around the interior mirror is dirty,
then the wipers may turn on, for example, Pull the lever toward you.
if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield.
41
Wipers and Washers
Reverse Gear Wipe (If Equipped)

The rear wiper will turn on automatically
when selecting reverse gear if:
• the rear wiper is not already switched
on
• the wiper lever is in position A, B, C or
D
• the front wiper is operating (when set
to position B).
The rear wiper will follow the front wiper
interval (at intermittent or normal speed).
Rear Window Washer

Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
E207776
Pull the lever toward you to operate the

washers. They will operate for a maximum
of 10 seconds. When you release the lever,
the wiper will operate for a short time.
42
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION LIGHTING CONTROL

Condensation in the Exterior Front
Lamps and Rear Lamps A B C
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes
in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions. E140781
Examples of acceptable condensation are: A Off

• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
B Side and tail lamps
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the C Headlamps
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
High Beams
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
E101829
Pull the lever fully toward you to switch

the high beams on.
Pull the lever fully toward you again to
switch the high beams off.
43
Lighting
Headlamp Flasher
E142451
When the lighting control is in the

E101829 autolamps position, the headlamps turn
on in low light situations, or when the
Pull the lever toward you slightly and wipers turn on.
release it to flash the headlamps.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
Parking Lamps time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
Note: Prolonged use of the parking lamps the period of time that the headlamps
when the ignition is off will cause the battery remain on.
to run out of charge.
Note: If you switch on the autolamps, you
To operate the parking lamps turn the cannot switch the high beams on until the
lighting control to position B. The parking system turns the low beams on.
lamps operate with the ignition on or off.
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped)
After you switch the ignition off, you can
WARNING switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
The system does not relieve you of will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
your responsibility to drive with due switch off automatically after three
care and attention. You may need to minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
override the system if it does not turn the after the last door has been closed. You
headlamps on in low visibility conditions, can cancel this feature by pulling the
for example daytime fog. direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.
44
Lighting
FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped) Type 1
E203471
E208079
Type 2
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
off.
Note: Your vehicle might be equipped with
a fog lamp preparation pack. In such case,
only the fog lamp switch will be available.
You can purchase the fog lamps from an
authorized dealer in order to get full
functionality.
REAR FOG LAMPS

E209165
WARNINGS
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
Only use the rear fog lamps when
on or off.
visibility is restricted to less than
50 m. You can switch the fog lamps on when
either the front fog lamps or low beam
Do not use the rear fog lamps when
headlamps are on.
it is raining or snowing and visibility
is more than 50 m. Note: Your vehicle might be equipped with
a fog lamp preparation pack. In such case,
only the fog lamp switch will be available.
You can purchase the fog lamps from an
authorized dealer in order to get full
functionality.
45
Lighting
HEADLAMP LEVELING 2. Rotate the button to the required

setting.
1. Press to release the pop out button. 3. Push the button to the closed position.
You can adjust the level of the headlamp
beams according to the vehicle load.
E132711
Recommended headlamp leveling switch positions
Load Load in Switch position

luggage
Front seats Second row compartment For 4 Door For Freestyle
seats and 5 Door
1 - - 0 0
2 - - 0 0
2 3 - 1.0 1.5
2 3 Max 1.5 1.5
1 - Max 2.5 3
46
Lighting
DIRECTION INDICATORS If you set the switch to position B, the

courtesy lamp will illuminate when you
unlock or open a door or the liftgate. If you
leave a door open with the ignition
switched off, the courtesy lamp will go off
automatically after some time to prevent
your vehicle battery from losing charge. To
switch it back on, switch the ignition on for
a short time.
The courtesy lamp will also illuminate
when you switch the ignition off. It will go
off automatically after a short time or
when you start the engine.
E102016
If you set the switch to position C with the
Push the lever up or down to use the ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp
direction indicators. will illuminate. It will go off automatically
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the after a short time to prevent your vehicle
direction indicators flash three times to battery from losing charge. To switch it
indicate a lane change. back on, switch the ignition on for a short
time.
INTERIOR LAMPS
Courtesy Lamp
A B C
E112207
A Off
B Door contact
C On
47
Windows and Mirrors
POWER WINDOWS - VEHICLES Note: If you operate the switches often

during a short period of time, the system
WITH: ONE-TOUCH OPEN AND might become inoperable for a certain time
CLOSE DRIVER WINDOW to prevent damage due to overheating.
Note: If you operate both the switch on the
WARNINGS relevant door and the switch for that
Do not leave children unattended in window on the driver door at the same time,
your vehicle and do not let them play the window stops moving.
with the power windows. Failure to
Note: You can always operate the rear and
follow this instruction could result in
front passenger windows from the driver
personal injury.
door.
When closing the power windows,
verify they are free of obstruction and One-Touch Up and Down (If Equipped)
make sure that children and pets are
not in the proximity of the window Press or lift the switch fully and release it.
openings. Press or lift it again to stop the window.
One-Touch Down (If Equipped)

Press the control gently and release it.
Press again or lift it to stop the window.
Window Lock
E208419
Press the control to open the window.

Lift the control to close the window.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the E208420
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise. Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It illuminates when you
Note: If the you leave your vehicle lock the rear window controls.
unsupervised, take the key with you to
ensure that the windows cannot operate
inadvertently.
48
Windows and Mirrors
Bounce-Back (If Equipped) 1. Lift and hold the control until you fully
close the window.
The window stops while closing and
2. Release the control.
reverses some distance if there is an
obstacle in the way. 3. Lift and hold the control again for a few
seconds.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature 4. Release the control.
WARNING 5. Lift and hold the control again for a few
seconds.
If you override bounce-back, the
window does not reverse if it detects 6. Release the control.
an obstacle. Take care when closing 7. Press and hold the control until you
the windows to avoid personal injury or fully open the window.
damage to your vehicle.
8. Lift and hold the control until you fully
close the window.
Proceed as follows to override this
protection feature when there is a 9. Release the control.
resistance, for example in winter: 10. Open the window and then try to
close it automatically.
1. Close the window twice until it reaches
the point of resistance and let it 11. Repeat the procedure if the window
reverse. does not close automatically.
2. Close the window a third time to the
point of resistance. This disables the EXTERIOR MIRRORS
bounce-back feature and you can close
the window manually. The window can WARNING
now go past the point of resistance and
you can close it fully. Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
Have your vehicle checked as soon as in the loss of control of your vehicle,
possible if the window does not close after serious personal injury or death.
the third attempt.
Note: This operation should occur within Folding Mirrors
two seconds after the window reaches the
reversing end position.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature

WARNING
Bounce-back is off until you reset the
memory. Take care when closing the
windows to avoid personal injury or
damage to your vehicle.
If you disconnect the battery, you must

reset the bounce-back memory separately
E102162
for each window.
49
Windows and Mirrors
You can fold back your exterior mirror in Power Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
narrow spaces or when the vehicle is
parked to avoid accidental damage to the
mirrors.
Make sure that you fully engage the mirror
in its support when returning it to its
original position.
WARNING
Objects in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Manual Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) E71280
A Left-hand mirror
B Off
C Right-hand mirror
E123951
E71281
Both exterior mirrors are adjustable from
inside the vehicle. Move the controller in the direction of the
arrows to adjust the mirror.
Power Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)

Folding and Unfolding
The power folding mirrors operate with the
ignition on, and for several minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
50
Windows and Mirrors
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of

any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
E72184
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
Move the controller downward to fold or You can adjust the interior mirror to your
unfold the mirrors. preference.
Note: You can only fold the mirrors when Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
the controller is set to position B. to reduce glare at night.
Do not manually fold or unfold power
folding mirrors as it is intended to be Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
electrically operated. If inadvertently the
mirror is folded or unfolded manually, Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
return the mirror to the original position, and back of the mirror. Mirror performance
and be sure that you fully engage the may be affected. A rear center passenger or
mirror in its support. On being manually raised rear center head restraint may also
folded or unfolded, if the power fold button block light from reaching the sensor.
is pressed, the mirrors may not perform the The mirror will dim automatically to reduce
complete fold or unfold operation and stop glare when bright lights are detected from
in the middle of the folding range. In such behind your vehicle. It will automatically
an event, you may be required to press the return to normal reflection when you select
power fold button two or three times in reverse gear to make sure you have a clear
sequence to have the mirrors reset to view when backing up.
normal folded or unfolded position.
Note: Avoid operating the power fold
mechanism several times in sequence as it
may temporarily disable or damage the
system.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)

See Heated Rear Window (page 67).
51
Windows and Mirrors
SUN VISORS
E181732
52
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES
Type 1
E263718
Type 2
E261053
53
Instrument Cluster
The electronic management system, under

A Tachometer
certain conditions, limits the engine speed
B Speedometer below a preset value, in order to avoid
C Fuel gauge engine damage. This speed limit can occur
at a lower value when your vehicle is
D Information display stopped or during speeds less than
10 km/h, not being considered as an engine
Tachometer (If Equipped) failure.
Indicates the engine speed in revolutions

per minute. Driving with your tachometer WARNING LAMPS AND
pointer continuously above speed limit INDICATORS
could damage the engine.
The following warning lamps and
Information Display indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
• Odometer.
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
• Trip odometer. make sure they work. If any lamps remain
• Gear shift indicator (if equipped). on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
• Distance to Empty (if equipped).
information.
• Average fuel economy (if equipped).
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
• Instantaneous fuel economy (if the information display and operate the
equipped). same as a warning lamp but do not
• Average speed (if equipped). illuminate when you start your vehicle.
• Outside air temperature (if equipped).
Airbag Warning Lamp
• Trip Computer See Trip Computer
(page 58). If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, continues
Fuel Gauge E67017 to flash or remains on when the
engine is running, this indicates a
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
indicates approximately how much fuel is as soon as possible.
in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge could vary
slightly when your vehicle is moving or on
a slope. The arrow adjacent to the fuel Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
pump symbol indicates on which side of Lamp
the vehicle the fuel filler door is located. If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
Maximum Engine Speed
malfunction. Your vehicle
WARNING continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock brake system function. Have
If the engine is running while the your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
hood is open, stay clear of moving
engine components. Failure to follow
this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
54
Instrument Cluster
Brake System Warning Lamp Engine Warning Lamps

WARNING Service Engine Soon
Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance If it illuminates when the engine is running
may occur. It may take you longer to stop this indicates a malfunction. Have your
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as vehicle checked as soon as possible.
soon as possible. Driving extended If it flashes when you are driving, reduce
distances with the parking brake engaged the speed of your vehicle immediately.
can cause brake failure and the risk of Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy
personal injury. acceleration and deceleration) and have
your vehicle immediately serviced.
It illuminates when you engage Malfunction Indicator Lamp
the parking brake and the
ignition is on.
If it illuminates when your vehicle is If it illuminates when the engine is running
moving, make sure the parking brake is this indicates a malfunction. The On Board
disengaged. If the parking brake is Diagnostics system has detected a
disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid malfunction of the vehicle emission control
level or a brake system fault. Have your system.
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
Direction Indicator temperatures could damage the catalytic
Illuminates when the left or right converter or other vehicle components.
direction indicator or the hazard Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy
flasher on. Flashes during acceleration and deceleration) and have
operation. An increase in the rate of your vehicle immediately serviced.
flashing warns of a failed indicator bulb.
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp
Door Ajar Warning Lamp It illuminates and a chime
sounds until you fasten the
It illuminates when you switch E71880 seatbelts.
the ignition on and remains on if
E249859
any door or the hood is open.
Front Fog Lamp Indicator (If Equipped)
Engine Coolant Temperature It illuminates when you switch
Warning Lamp the front fog lamps on.
If it illuminates when your vehicle
is moving, this indicates that the Glow Plug Indicator (If Equipped)
engine is overheating. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and If it illuminates, wait until it turns
switch the engine off. Have your vehicle off before starting.
checked as soon as possible.
55
Instrument Cluster
Headlamp High Beam Indicator If it illuminates when the engine is running

this indicates a malfunction. Stop your
It illuminates when you switch vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and
the headlamp high beam on. switch the engine off. Check the engine oil
level. If the oil level is sufficient, this
indicates a system malfunction. Have your
Hill Start Assist Indicator (If Equipped) vehicle checked as soon as possible.
If it illuminates when you are See Engine Oil Check (page 129).
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. Over Speed Warning Lamp (If Equipped)
Ignition Warning Lamp It illuminates if the vehicle speed
exceeds 80 km/h.
It illuminates when you switch E260257
the ignition on.
Power Steering
If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a malfunction. If it illuminates when you are
Have your vehicle checked as soon as driving, this indicates a
possible. malfunction of the power
steering system. You will continue to have
Lamps on Indicator full steering but will need to exert greater
force on the steering wheel. Have your
It illuminates when you switch vehicle checked as soon as possible.
the headlamp low beam or the
side and rear lamps on. Rear Fog Lamp Indicator
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp It illuminates when you switch
E67040 the rear fog lamps on.
If it illuminates when you are
driving, refuel as soon as
possible. Shift Indicator (If Equipped)
It illuminates to advise you that
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp shifting to a higher or lower gear
WARNING may give better performance,
fuel economy or lower
If it illuminates when you are driving emissions.
do not continue your journey, even if
the oil level is correct. Have your
vehicle checked. Stability Control and Traction
Control Indicator (If Equipped)
It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on. Flashes during operation.
E138639
56
Instrument Cluster
If it does not illuminate when you switch Parking Brake

the ignition on, or remains on when the
engine is running, this indicates a Sounds when the vehicle's speed exceeds
malfunction. Have your vehicle checked the pre-determined limit with the parking
as soon as possible. brake engaged. It will stop as soon as the
vehicle is stopped or the parking brake is
Note: The system automatically turns off released.
if there is a malfunction.
See Stability Control (page 96). See Perimeter Alarm (If Equipped)
Traction Control (page 95).
A tone sounds a few seconds after you use
Stability Control and Traction the key in the door cylinder to unlock the
Control Off Warning Lamp (If Equipped) driver door. Press the unlock button on the
remote control to stop the alarm tone.
It illuminates when you switch
the system off. Seatbelt Reminder (If Equipped)
E130458
Sounds when the vehicle’s speed exceeds
the pre-determined limit and you or your
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND front passenger did not fasten the seatbelt.
INDICATORS Speed Alarm (If Equipped)
Airbag Indicator Lamp Malfunction Sounds if the vehicle speed exceeds
80 km/h. The warning tone sounds
Sounds when the airbag indicator lamp is
continuously when the speed exceeds
inoperable.
120 km/h.
Airbag Secondary Warning Vehicle not in Park (P)
Sounds when the airbag warning lamp
Sounds when the door is opened and the
malfunction tone is not working. Have the
vehicle is not in park (P) position.
system checked.
Door Ajar
Sounds if the vehicle's speed exceeds the
pre-determined limit and any of the doors
are open or ajar. The chime will only sound
once per ignition key cycle.
Headlamps On (If Equipped)

Sounds when you turn the key to off and
open the driver's door and you have left
the headlamps or parking lamps on.
Low Fuel Reminder

Sounds when the fuel level is low.
57
Information Displays
GENERAL INFORMATION • Average speed.

• Outside air temperature.
WARNING • Gear shift indicator.
Driving while distracted can result in You can reset the trip odometer, average
loss of vehicle control, crash and fuel economy and average speed. To do
injury. We strongly recommend that this, scroll to the required display, then
you use extreme caution when using any press and hold the button until the screen
device that may take your focus off the appears completely full with dashes.
operation of your vehicle. We recommend The trip computer includes the following
against the use of any hand-held device information displays:
Odometer
Make sure you are aware of all applicable Registers the total distance of the vehicle.
electronic devices while driving. Trip Odometer
Registers the distance traveled since the
Various systems on your vehicle can be function was last reset.
controlled using the trip computer.
Corresponding information is displayed in Distance to Empty (If Equipped)
the information display. See Trip
Computer (page 58). Indicates the approximate distance your
For accessing entertainment display menu vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in
See Settings (page 204). the tank. Changes in driving pattern may
cause the value to vary.
TRIP COMPUTER Average Fuel Economy (If Equipped)

Indicates the average fuel economy since
the function was last reset.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy (If

Equipped)
Indicates the current fuel economy.
Average Speed (If Equipped)

E146272
Indicates the average speed calculated
Press the button to scroll through the since the function was last reset.
displays:
• Odometer. Outside Ambient Temperature
• Trip odometer. Indication (If Equipped)
• Distance to Empty. This will display the outside ambient
• Average fuel economy. temperature in degrees Celsius.
• Instantaneous fuel economy.
58
Shift Indicator (If Equipped) After enabling the shift indicator, the
indicator light illuminates for 3 seconds.
Indicates when to shift gear up to drive
more economically.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Enabling and Disabling the Shift
Indicator Note: Depending on the vehicle options
equipped with your vehicle, not all of the
1. Press the TRIP button until ECONO messages will display or be available.
displays on the screen.
Certain messages may be abbreviated or
2. Press and hold it for more than two shortened depending upon which
seconds until ECONO ON displays to information display type your vehicle may
enable it. be equipped with.
3. Press and hold it for more than two
Press the trip button to acknowledge and
seconds until ECONO OFF displays to
remove messages from the information
disable it.
display.
Automatic Transmission
Message Action
Transmission Not in Park Displays as a reminder to select park (P).
Battery Saver
Message Action
Displays when the battery management

system determines that the battery is at a
low state of charge. Turn the ignition off as
soon as possible to protect the battery. This
Turn Power Off to Save Battery message will clear once the vehicle has
been started and the battery state of
charge has recovered. Turning off unneces-
sary electrical loads will allow faster battery
state-of-charge recovery.
Displays when the battery management
system detects an extended low-voltage
condition. Various vehicle features will be
disabled to help preserve the battery. Turn
Low Battery Features Temp. Off off as many of the electrical loads as soon
as possible to improve system voltage. If
the system voltage has recovered, the
disabled features will operate again as
normal
59
Doors Open
Message Action
The door listed is not completely closed.

Driver Door Ajar
close.
Passenger Door Ajar
close.
Rear Left Door Ajar
close.
Rear Right Door Ajar
close.
Door Ajar
close.
The hood is not completely closed.
Hood Ajar
close.
The trunk is not completely closed.
Trunk Ajar
close.
The liftgate is not completely closed.
Liftgate Open
close.
Maintenance
Message Action
Displays when your vehicle is due for peri-

Service Required
odic service.
Displays when service interval indicator is
Service Done
reset.
Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible,
turn off the engine. Check the oil level. If the
Low Engine Oil Pressure warning stays on or continues to come on
with your engine running, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
60
Message Action
One Touch Integrated Starting System
attempting to start
Message Action
the vehicle.
Press Clutch and Displays as a To Start Press Displays when
Brake reminder to press Brake starting the vehicle
the brake and as a reminder to
clutch while apply the brake.
starting the vehicle.
To Start Press Displays as a
Cranking Time Displays when the Clutch reminder to press
Exceeded starter has the clutch in while
exceeded its starting the vehicle.
cranking time in
Parking Aid
Message Action
Displays when the system has detected a

condition that requires service.
Check Park Aid
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
61
Climate Control
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
A B C D E
E206609
F
A Fan speed control: Adjusts the C Temperature control: Adjusts

volume of air circulated in the the temperature of the air
vehicle. circulated in your vehicle.
B Recirculated air: Press to MAX A/C: Turn the temperature
switch between outside air and control toward MAX A/C to
recirculated air. The air currently switch on. Recirculated air flows
in the passenger compartment through the instrument panel
recirculates. This could reduce vents, air conditioning turns on,
the time needed to cool the and the fan adjusts to the
interior (when used with A/C) highest speed. Turn the
and reduce unwanted odors temperature control again to
from entering your vehicle. switch off.
Note: Recirculated air could turn D Air conditioning: Press to
off (or prevent you from switch the air conditioning on or
switching on) in all air flow off. Use A/C with recirculated air
modes except MAX A/C to to improve cooling performance
reduce the risk of fogging. and efficiency.
Recirculation could also turn on Note: In certain conditions (for
and off in Panel or Panel/Floor example, maximum defrost) the
air flow modes during hot air conditioning compressor
weather to improve cooling could continue to operate even
efficiency. though you switch off the air
conditioning.
62
Climate Control
Directs air to the footwell air

E Air distribution control: Adjust
vents.
to select the preferred air
distribution.
Directs air to the windshield and
F Heated rear window: Press to footwell air vents.
turn the heated rear window on
and off. See Heated Rear
Directs air to the windshield air
Window (page 67).
vents. You can also use this
setting to defrost and clear the
Directs air to the instrument windshield of a thin covering of ice. You
panel air vents. can also increase the temperature and fan
speed to improve clearing.
Directs air to the instrument
panel and footwell air vents. Note: When you select defrost mode, air
conditioning turns on and recirculated air
sets to outside air. You can switch
recirculated air on or switch air conditioning
off by pressing the A/C button again.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
B C D E F
A G
L K J I H
E203686
63
Climate Control
A Fan speed: Adjusts the volume F Temperature control: Controls

of air circulated in the vehicle. the temperature of the air
circulated in your vehicle. Adjust
B MAX A/C: Press the button to
to select the preferred
maximize cooling. Recirculated
temperature. The setting
air flows through the instrument
appears in the display.
panel vents, air conditioning
turns on, and the fan Note: The human body's
automatically adjusts to the comfortable temperature is
highest speed. between 21°C and 27°C, please
set the temperature within a
C Air conditioning: Press the
reasonable range.
button to turn air conditioning
compressor on or off. Use air G Heated rear window: Press to
conditioning with recirculated air turn the heated rear window on
to improve cooling performance and off. See Heated Rear
and efficiency. In certain Window (page 67).
conditions (for example, H AUTO: Press the button to turn
maximum defrost) the air
on automatic operation. Select
conditioning compressor could
the preferred temperature using
continue to operate even though the temperature control. The
you switch the air conditioning system adjusts fan speed, air
off. distribution, air conditioning
D Recirculated air: Press the operation, and selects outside
button to switch between air or recirculated air to heat or
outside air and recirculated air. cool the vehicle to maintain the
When you select recirculated air, preferred temperature.
the air currently in the passenger I Windshield defrost: Press the
compartment recirculates. This button to distribute air to the
could reduce the time needed to windshield vents and de-mister.
cool the interior (when used with You can use this setting to
A/C) and could reduce demist and clear the windshield
unwanted odors from entering of thin covering of ice. When you
your vehicle. switch on the defrost mode, the
E MAX Defrost: Press the button AC turns on .
to switch on defrost. Outside air J Instrument Panel: Press the
flows through the windshield button to switch the system on
vents, air conditioning turns on, and off.
and the fan adjusts to the
highest speed. You can also use K Footwell: Press the button to
this setting to defrost and clear distribute air through the
the windshield of a thin covering footwell air vents.
of ice. The heated rear window L On and off button: Press the
also turns on when you select button to switch the system on
maximum defrost. and off.
64
Climate Control
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
INTERIOR CLIMATE windshield.
General Hints To minimize humidity in the air conditioning
system and reduce unpleasant odors,
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may switch off the air conditioning and keep
cause the windows to fog up. the fan going for at least two minutes
Note: You may feel a small amount of air before switching off the engine. Do the
from the footwell air vents regardless of the following:
air distribution setting. 1. Keep the engine running.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside 2. Switch off the air conditioning by
your vehicle, do not drive with the system pressing the A/C button.
switched off or with recirculated air always 3. Keep the fan switched on.
switched on.
4. Set the temperature to the full hot
Note: Do not place objects under the front position.
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats. 5. Use outside air, not recirculated air.
6. Wait one to two minutes, and then
switch off the engine.
Quickly Heating the Interior
Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control
1 Adjust the fan speed to the highest Adjust the fan speed to the highest
speed setting. speed setting.
2 Adjust the temperature control to the Adjust the temperature control to the
full heat setting. full heat setting.
3 Adjust the air distribution control to the Press the footwell button to distribute
footwell air vents position. air to the footwell air vents.
Recommended Settings for Heating
1 Adjust the fan speed to the second Press the AUTO button.
speed setting.
2 Adjust the temperature control to the Adjust the temperature control setting
midway point of the hot settings. to the preferred setting.
3 Adjust the air distribution control to the
footwell and windshield air vents posi-
tion.
65
Climate Control
Quickly Cooling the Interior
1 Adjust the fan speed to the highest Press the AUTO button.
speed setting.
MAX A/C position. to low.
3 Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel air vents position.
Recommended Settings for Cooling
1 Adjust the fan speed to the second Press the AUTO button.
speed setting.
2 Adjust the temperature control to the Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings. preferred setting.
3 Adjust the air distribution control to the Open all instrument panel air vents and
instrument panel air vents position. direct as preferred.
Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods during Extreme High Ambient

Temperatures
1 Apply the parking brake. Apply the parking brake.

2 Move the transmission selector lever to Move the transmission selector lever to
position P (automatic transmission) or position P (automatic transmission) or
neutral (manual transmission). neutral (manual transmission).
3 Adjust the fan speed to the preferred Press the AUTO button.
setting.
MAX A/C position. to low.
5 Adjust the air distribution control to the Adjust the air distribution control to the
instrument panel air vents position. instrument panel air vents position.
66
Climate Control
Windshield and Side Window Defrosting or Defogging in Cold Weather
1 Switch on the A/C. Switch on the A/C.

2 Adjust the temperature control to the Press the maximum windshield
full heat setting. defrosting and defogging button.
3 Adjust the air distribution control to the Switch to outside air mode.
side windows.
4 Adjust the fan speed to the highest
speed setting.
5 Switch to outside air mode.
Note: Keep the inner side of the windshield clean. A dirty windshield on the inner side attracts
more moisture and can appear foggy.
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter

installed at all times. This prevents foreign
HEATED REAR WINDOW (If objects from entering the system. Running
Equipped) the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
Press the button to clear the rear system.
E72507
window of thin ice and fog. The The particulate filtration system gives you
heated rear window turns off and your passengers the following
after a short period of time. benefits:
Note: Make sure the engine is running • It improves your driving comfort by
before operating the heated windows. reducing particle concentration.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other • It improves the interior compartment
sharp objects to clean or remove decals cleanliness.
from the inside of the heated rear window. • It protects the climate control
The vehicle Warranty may not cover components from particle deposits.
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines. Replace the filter at regular intervals.
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
CABIN AIR FILTER dealer.
Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air
filter. It is located behind the center
console.
The particulate filtration system reduces
the concentration of airborne particles
such as dust, spores and pollen in the air
supplied to the interior of your vehicle.
67
Seats
SITTING IN THE CORRECT We recommend that you follow these

guidelines:
POSITION
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or • Do not recline the seatback more than
with the seatback reclined too far 30 degrees.
can take weight off the seat cushion • Adjust the head restraint so that the
and affect the decision of the passenger top of it is level with the top of your
sensing system, resulting in serious injury head and as far forward as possible.
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit Make sure that you remain
upright against your seat back, with your comfortable.
feet on the floor. • Keep sufficient distance between
Do not recline the seatback too far yourself and the steering wheel. We
as this can cause the occupant to recommend a minimum of 25 cm
slide under the seatbelt, resulting in between your breastbone and the
serious injury in the event of a collision. airbag cover.
Do not place objects higher than the • Hold the steering wheel with your arms
top of the seat backrest. Failure to slightly bent.
follow this instruction could result in • Bend your legs slightly so that you can
personal injury or death in the event of a press the pedals fully.
sudden stop or crash. • Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a collision. Do not
adjust the head restraint when your vehicle
is moving.
The head restraint is a safety device.
E249498 Whenever possible it should be
installed and properly adjusted when
When you use them properly, the seat, the seat is occupied.
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
68
Seats
WARNINGS The head restraints consist of:

Install the head restraint properly to A An energy absorbing head
help minimize the risk of neck injury restraint
in the event of a collision.
B Two steel stems
Note: Adjust the seat back to an upright C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
driving position before adjusting the head button
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that D Guide sleeve unlock and remove
the top of it is level with the top of your head button
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to Adjusting the Head Restraint
its highest position.
Raising the Head Restraint
Front Head Restraints
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint

1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint

1. Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
E138642 3. Pull the head restraint up.
Rear Head Restraints (if equipped) Installing the Head Restraint

Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until in
locks.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNING
Do not adjust the driver seat when
your vehicle is moving. This may
result in the loss of control of your
E138645 vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
69
Seats
Moving the Seat Backward and Adjusting the Height of the Driver
Forward Seat (If Equipped)
WARNING
Rock the seat backward and forward
after releasing the lever to make sure
that it is fully engaged in its catch. A
seat which is not fully engaged in its catch
could move when your vehicle is moving.
This may result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
E176806
Recline Adjustment
E176807
REAR SEATS
Folding the Seatback (If Equipped)
WARNING
E206610 When folding or unfolding the seats,
take care not to get your fingers
caught between the seat backrest
and seat frame. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious personal
injury.
70
Seats
1 REAR SEAT ARMREST (If Equipped)

1
WARNINGS
Do not store hard objects; for
example soft drink containers, in the
cupholder while your vehicle is
moving. In the event of a collision, hard
objects could cause serious personal injury.
2 Do not place hot drinks in the cup
holders when your vehicle is moving.
This could cause serious personal
injury.
E161504
1. Press the unlock buttons down and

hold them there.
2. Push the seatback forward.
Note: Do not attempt to fold the rear seat
cushion forward.
Note: Lower the head restraints. See Head
Restraints (page 68).
Note: If your vehicle has an all-weather
cargo mat, after folding or unfolding the
seat backrest, reinstall the mat to avoid
getting it caught under the seat backrest.
Unfolding the Seatback (If Equipped)

E156658
WARNINGS
Fold the armrest down to use the armrest
When unfolding the seat backrests, and cupholder.
make sure that the seatbelts are not
trapped behind the seat.
Make sure that the seats and the
seat backrests are secure and fully
locked in their catches.
71
Auxiliary Power Points
WARNING
Incorrect use of the power points can
cause damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty, and can result in
fire or serious injury.
Note: You can use the socket to power 12

volt appliances with a maximum current
rating of 10 amps.
Note: Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This E174664
will damage the outlet and blow the fuse.
Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or
accessory bracket from the plug.
Note: Do not use the power point for
operating a cigar lighter element.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Run the engine for full capacity use of the
power point. To prevent the battery from
being discharged:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the engine is not
running.
• It is strongly recommended that you
always disconnect the accessories
from the power point (12 volt) when
leaving the vehicle.
Location
A power point may be found:
72
Storage Compartments
CUP HOLDERS Note: Do not leave cell phones or other

electronic items which are
Note: Stow items in the cupholder carefully temperature-sensitive inside the storage
as items may become loose during hard compartment for long periods of time. The
braking, acceleration or crashes, including sun can cause high temperatures inside the
hot drinks which may spill. storage compartment, which may damage
the device. Refer to the device's manual for
WARNING suitable storage temperatures.
Use only soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in a crash.
CENTER CONSOLE
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
variety of console features. These include:
• Auxiliary input jack.
• USB.
• Auxiliary power point. E174985
• My Ford dock. 1. Press the button to fully open the

• 2 Cup holders. device dock.
• 2 Tea bottle holders 2. Place the device on the lower rubber
• Coin storage mat.
My Ford Dock (If Equipped)

WARNING
E174986
while driving and encourage the use of 3. Press the lid downward until it holds
voice-operated systems when possible. the device.
local laws that may affect the use of 4. Press and hold the button to release
electronic devices while driving. the device.
73
Storage Compartments
OVERHEAD CONSOLE BOTTLE HOLDER
E224352 E174674
Press near the rear edge of the door to

open it.
MAP POCKETS
E74686
74
Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION IGNITION SWITCH (If Equipped)

WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up E72128
the engine compartment and exhaust

0 (off) - The ignition is off.
system, creating the risk of fire.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
Do not start the engine in a closed
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
garage or in other enclosed areas.
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
battery to lose charge.
open the garage door before you start the
engine. I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories, such as the radio, to operate
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
while the engine is not running.
your vehicle, have it checked by a
Ford Dealer immediately. Do not Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust position for too long. This could cause your
fumes. vehicle battery to lose charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits are
If the vehicle battery is disconnected, the operational and the warning lamps and
guidelines are not fully functional directly indicators illuminate.
after the battery is reconnected. The
III (start) - cranks the engine.
guidelines become fully functional after
you drive your vehicle as straight as
possible for five minutes at a minimum PUSH BUTTON IGNITION
speed of 10 km/h. You can disregard any
unusual driving characteristics during this
SWITCH (If Equipped)
period.
Note: The system may not function if the
When you start the engine, avoid pressing intelligent access key is close to metal
the accelerator pedal before and during objects or electronic devices, for example
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal keys or a cell phone.
when you have difficulty starting the
engine. Note: A valid intelligent access key must
be located inside your vehicle to switch the
ignition on and start your vehicle.
75
Ignition Modes
E265675
E144447 1. Insert the passive key into the backup

slot.
The keyless starting system has three
modes: 2. With the buttons facing upward. Ensure
that you place the key fob in the middle
Off: Turns the ignition off. of the cup holder.
• Without applying the brake pedal, 3. With the passive key in this position,
press and release the button once you can use the push button ignition
when the ignition is in the on mode, or switch to switch the ignition on and
when your vehicle is running but is not start your vehicle.
moving.
On: All electrical circuits are operational STEERING WHEEL LOCK
and the warning lamps and indicators
illuminate. WARNING
• Without applying the brake pedal, Always check that the steering is
press and release the button once. unlocked before attempting to move
Start: Starts your vehicle. The engine may your vehicle.
not start when your vehicle starts.
• Press the brake pedal, and then press Vehicles without Keyless Starting
the button for any length of time. An
indicator light on the button illuminates Locking the Steering Wheel
when the ignition is on and when your 1. Remove the key from the ignition
vehicle starts. switch.
Failure to Start 2. Rotate the steering wheel slightly to
engage the lock.
The system does not function if:
• The passive key frequencies are Unlocking the Steering Wheel
jammed. 1. Insert the key into the ignition switch.
• The key battery has no charge. 2. Switch the ignition on.
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do Note: You may have to slightly rotate the
the following: steering wheel to assist unlocking it.
76
Vehicles with Keyless Starting Cold or Hot Engine

Note: The steering wheel lock does not Vehicles with Manual Transmission
engage when the ignition is on or if your
vehicle is moving. Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Your vehicle has an electronically Note: Releasing the clutch pedal during
controlled steering wheel lock. This engine starting stops the engine from
operates automatically. cranking.
The steering wheel lock engages after a 1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
short period after you have parked your 2. Start the engine.
vehicle and the passive key is outside of
your vehicle. Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
Unlocking the Steering Wheel Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You may have to slightly rotate the 1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
steering wheel to assist unlocking it. 2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Start the engine.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
Switch the ignition on or press the brake All Vehicles
pedal. If the engine does not start within 10
Vehicles with Manual Transmission seconds, wait for a short period and try
again.
Switch the ignition on or press the clutch
If the engine does not start after three
pedal.
attempts, wait ten seconds and follow the
flooded engine procedure.
STARTING A GASOLINE If you have difficulty starting the engine
ENGINE when the temperature is below -25°C,
press the accelerator pedal to the mid-way
Before starting the engine, check the point of its travel and try again.
following:
Fuel Flooded Engine
• Make sure all occupants have fastened
their seatbelts. Vehicles with Manual Transmission
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off. 1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
• Make sure the parking brake is on. 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
• Shift into park (P) or neutral.
Note: You can only attempt to start the
engine for a limited amount of time before Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
the starting system temporarily disables. If
you exceed the starting time limit, a 1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
message may appear and you cannot 2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
attempt to start the engine for at least 15 3. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and
minutes. hold it there.
77
4. Start the engine. Switch the ignition on and wait

until the glow plug indicator goes
All Vehicles off.
If the engine does not start, repeat the cold
or hot engine procedure. Vehicles With Manual Transmission
Engine Idle Speed after Starting Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal while the
The speed at which the engine idles engine is starting stops the engine from
immediately after starting minimizes cranking and returns to the ignition on
vehicle emissions and maximizes cabin position.
comfort and fuel economy.
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
The idle speed varies depending on certain
factors. These include vehicle component 2. Start the engine.
and ambient temperatures as well as
Vehicles With Automatic Transmission
electrical and climate system demands.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Failure to Start
Note: Releasing the brake pedal while the
Vehicles with Manual Transmission engine is starting stops the engine from
cranking and returns to the ignition on
If the engine does not crank when you full position.
depress the clutch pedal with the ignition
key in position III, follow this procedure: 1. Move the transmission selector lever
to position park (P) or neutral (N).
1. Fully depress both the clutch and brake
pedals. 2. Fully depress the brake pedal.
2. Turn the key to position III until the 3. Start the engine.
engine has started.
Failure to Start
STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE Vehicles With Manual Transmission

Note: Remove all other keys from the
Cold or Hot Engine center console.
All Vehicles If the engine does not crank when the
clutch pedal has been fully depressed and
Note: When the temperature is below the ignition key is turned to position III.
-15°C, you may need to crank the engine for
up to 10 seconds. 1. Fully depress the clutch and brake
pedals.
Note: You can only operate the starter for
a limited period of time. 2. Turn the key to position III until the
engine has started.
Note: After a limited number of attempts
to start your engine, the system will not
allow you to try again until a period of time
has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
78
SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE

Vehicles With a Turbocharger
WARNING
Do not switch the engine off when it
is running at high speed. If you do, the
turbocharger will continue running
after the engine oil pressure has dropped
to zero. This will lead to premature
turbocharger bearing wear.
Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until

the engine has reached idle speed and then
switch it off.
79
Fuel and Refueling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS • Automotive fuels can be harmful or

fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
WARNINGS gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed,
pressure in an overfilled tank may call a physician immediately, even if no
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray symptoms are immediately apparent.
and fire. The toxic effects of fuel may not be
Automotive fuels can cause serious visible for hours.
injury or death if misused or • Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
mishandled. much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
The flow of fuel through a fuel pump to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
nozzle can produce static electricity, In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
which can cause a fire if fuel is breathing of fuel vapor can cause
pumped into an ungrounded fuel container. serious illness and permanent injury.
Gasoline may contain benzene, • Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
which is a cancer-causing agent. fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
When refueling always shut the water for 15 minutes and seek medical
engine off and never allow sparks or attention. Failure to seek proper
open flames near the filler neck. medical attention could lead to
Never smoke while refueling. Fuel vapor is permanent injury.
extremely hazardous under certain • Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
conditions. Care should be taken to avoid through the skin. If fuel is splashed on
inhaling excess fumes. the skin, clothing or both, promptly
The fuel system may be under remove contaminated clothing and
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound wash skin thoroughly with soap and
near the fuel filler door, do not refuel water. Repeated or prolonged skin
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
spray out, which could cause serious skin irritation.
personal injury.
FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL
Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel: WARNING
• Extinguish all smoking materials and Do not mix diesel with gasoline,
any open flames before refueling your gasohol or alcohol. This could cause
vehicle. an explosion.
• Always turn off the vehicle before
refueling. Note: We recommend that you use only
high quality fuel.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives or other engine
treatments for normal vehicle use.
80
Fuel and Refueling
Note: We do not recommend the use of Note: We recommend that you use only
additional additives to prevent fuel waxing. high quality fuel.
Biodiesel Usage Note: We do not recommend the use of

additional additives or other engine
Your vehicle is suitable for use with treatments for normal vehicle use.
biodiesel blends up to 7% (B7). You can
achieve acceptable engine performance
and durability using B7 by adhering to
below guidelines.
Use diesel that meets the national
specification as per IS1460 from a trusted
fuel supplier.
Note: If your vehicle experiences low
E207795
temperature fuel waxing issues, consider
using different diesel brands or diesel with Use minimum 91 RON octane unleaded
lower biodiesel content. gasoline that meets the specification as
per IS2796.
Long-Term Storage
Your vehicle is suitable for use with ethanol
Most diesel fuels contain biodiesel. Do not blends up to 10% (E5 and E10).
leave vehicles filled with B7 fuels parked
for more than 1 month. Diesel fuels Long-Term Storage
containing biodiesel can degrade quickly
when stored for long periods of time, Most gasoline contains ethanol. We
especially when exposed to warm and recommend that you fill the fuel tank with
humid conditions. It is recommended to fuel that does not contain ethanol if you
fill the tank with purely mineral diesel intend to store your vehicle for more than
(where available) or add an anti-oxidant two months. Alternatively, we recommend
prior to long-term storage of your vehicle that you seek advice from an authorized
exceeding one month. Alternatively, we dealer.
recommend that you seek advice from your
authorized dealer. RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE Avoid running out of fuel because this

situation may have an adverse effect on
engine components.
WARNINGS
Do not mix diesel with gasoline,
gasohol or alcohol. This could cause
an explosion.
Do not use leaded gasoline or
gasoline with additives containing
other metallic compounds, for
example manganese-based. They could
damage the emission system.
81
Fuel and Refueling
If you have run out of fuel:

• You may need to cycle the ignition from
off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the
fuel from the tank to the engine. On
restarting, cranking time will take a few
seconds longer than normal.
• Normally, adding 5 L of fuel is enough
to restart the engine. If the vehicle is
out of fuel and on a grade, more than
5 L may be required.
REFUELING
E208603
WARNINGS
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or Fuel Filler Cap
open flames near the fuel tank filler Your fuel tank filler cap has a regular turn
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone style design, with two to three turns on or
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely off.
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes. When fueling your vehicle:
Do not allow flames, sparks or 1. Turn the engine off.
lighted substances near the fuel 2. Carefully turn the filler cap
system. The fuel system is under counterclockwise two to three turns,
pressure. There is a risk of injury if the fuel until it opens.
system is leaking. 3. Hang the fuel cap tether cord on the
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The filler door hook.
pressure in an overfilled tank may 4. After refueling, to install the cap, align
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray it with the filler pipe.
and fire.
5. Turn the filler cap clockwise two to
three turns until it clicks three times.
Note: Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your If you must replace the fuel filler cap,
vehicle. replace it with a fuel filler cap that is
designed for your vehicle. The customer
Fuel Filler Door warranty may be void for any damage to
the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct
Pull the release lever in the floor to the side genuine Ford fuel filler cap is not used.
of the driver seat to open the fuel tank filler
door.
82
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL CONSUMPTION 4. Subtract your initial odometer reading

from the current odometer reading.
The advertised capacity is the maximum To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the
tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty. liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per
reserve. The empty reserve is an gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles
unspecified amount of fuel that remains traveled by gallons used.
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty. Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or highway).
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty This provides an accurate estimate of your
reserve varies and should not be relied upon vehicle's fuel economy under current
to increase driving range. driving conditions. Keeping records during
summer and winter will show how
Filling the Fuel Tank temperature impacts fuel economy.
For consistent results when refueling: Conditions
• Turn the ignition off before fueling; an
inaccurate reading results if the engine • Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
is left running. fuel economy.
• Use the same fill rate • Carrying unnecessary weight in your
(low-medium-high) each time the tank vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
is filled. • Adding certain accessories to your
• Allow no more than one automatic vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars
shut-off when refueling. or light bars, running boards and ski
racks may reduce fuel economy.
Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent. • Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
Calculating Fuel Economy • Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1,600 km of driving (this is your • Fuel economy may decrease when
engine’s break-in period). A more accurate driving short distances.
measurement is obtained after 3,200 km • You will get better fuel economy when
to 4,800 km. Also, fuel expense, frequency driving on flat terrain than when driving
of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not on hilly terrain.
accurate ways to measure fuel economy.
1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
83
CATALYTIC CONVERTER On-Board Diagnostics System

Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics
WARNINGS system that monitors the emission control
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle system. If any of the following warning
on dry grass or other dry ground lamps illuminate, this may indicate that
cover. The emission system heats up the on-board diagnostics system has
the engine compartment and exhaust detected an emission control system
system, creating the risk of fire. malfunction.
The normal operating temperature Engine coolant temperature
of the exhaust system is very high. warning lamp.
Never work around or attempt to
repair any part of the exhaust system until Battery charging condition
it has cooled. Use special care when warning lamp.
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
Malfunction indicator lamp.
high temperature after only a short period
of engine operation and stays hot after the Service engine soon warning
engine is switched off. lamp.
Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause

Your vehicle has various emission control
reduced power or the engine to stop.
components and a catalytic converter that
Failure to respond to a warning lamp may
enables it to comply with applicable
cause component damage not covered by
exhaust emission standards.
the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle
To avoid damaging the catalytic converter: checked as soon as possible.
• Do not crank the engine for more than See Warning Lamps and Indicators
10 seconds at a time. (page 54).
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump (If Equipped)
Starting the Vehicle (page 110).
• Do not switch the ignition off when your WARNINGS
vehicle is moving. Do not park or idle your vehicle over
• Do not use leaded fuel. dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The
Note: Resulting component damage may regeneration process creates very high
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during and after regeneration and after you
have switched the engine off. This is a
potential fire hazard.
84
WARNINGS Engine coolant temperature

The normal operating temperature warning lamp.
of the exhaust system is very high.
Never work around or attempt to Ignition warning lamp.
repair any part of the exhaust system until
it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter. Malfunction indicator lamp.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short period
of engine operation and stays hot after the Powertrain warning Lamp.
engine is switched off.
Your vehicle has various emission control Water in fuel warning lamp.
components and a diesel particulate filter
that enables it to comply with applicable
exhaust emission standards. It filters
harmful diesel particulates, for example Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause
soot from the exhaust gas. reduced power or the engine to stop.
Failure to respond to a warning lamp may
To avoid damaging the diesel particulate cause component damage not covered by
filter: the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle
• Do not crank the engine for more than checked as soon as possible.
10 seconds at a time. See Warning Lamps and Indicators
• Do not push-start or tow-start your (page 54).
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 110). Diesel Particulate Filter
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
Regeneration
vehicle is moving. The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle
• Do not ignore warning lamps or requires periodic regeneration to maintain
information messages regarding correct operation. The emission control
exhaust system cleaning and system automatically carries out this
regeneration. process. As soot gathers in the system it
begins to restrict the filter. The soot that
Note: Resulting component damage may gathers inside the filter is cleaned in two
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. different ways, passive regeneration and
On-Board Diagnostics System active regeneration. Both methods occur
automatically and require no actions from
Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics the driver. During automatic regeneration,
system that monitors the emission control the system cleans the diesel particulate
system. If any of the following warning filter by oxidizing the soot. Cleaning
lamps illuminate, this may indicate that happens during normal engine operating
the on-board diagnostics system has conditions at varying levels depending on
detected an emission control system driving conditions.
malfunction. Diesel particulate filter warning
lamp.
E95449
85
If the diesel particulate filter is near or at Automatic regeneration raises the exhaust
saturation, the warning lamp appears temperature to eliminate the soot
advising you to drive your vehicle in a particles. During cleaning soot particles are
manner to allow effective diesel converted to harmless gasses. Once
particulate filter cleaning. cleaned the diesel particulate filter
Note: Depending on vehicle options and continues to trap harmful diesel particles.
instrument cluster type fitted, a warning The automatic regeneration process is
message may appear with the warning most effective when you drive at a steady
lamp. vehicle speed of 48 km/h or above for
approximately 20 minutes. The frequency
The warning lamp continues to illuminate
and duration of the regeneration process
until the automatic regeneration process
varies by how you drive your vehicle, the
completes. Continue to drive your vehicle
outside air temperature and altitude.
in a manner to allow effective diesel
Frequency varies between 160 km and
particulate filter cleaning until the warning
500 km and each regeneration process
lamp turns off.
lasts between 10 and 20 minutes.
Failure to carry out regeneration when
Note: You may hear changes in the engine
required may result in a clogged diesel
or exhaust sound during the regeneration
particulate filter. If the diesel particulate
process.
filter fills beyond the regeneration
threshold, the system disables the ability Note: You may smell a hot metallic odor or
to carry out regeneration. This could result you may hear a clicking metallic sound
in irreversible damage to the diesel during the regeneration process at low
particulate filter resulting in component speed or engine idle. This is due to the high
damage which may not be covered by the temperatures reached during the
vehicle Warranty. regeneration process. This is normal.
Where vehicle use meets any of the
following conditions:
• Driving short distances.
• Prolonged engine idling.
• Frequently switching the engine on and
off.
• High levels of acceleration and
deceleration.
We recommend you assist the
regeneration process by:
• Avoiding prolonged engine idling.
• Driving your vehicle in a manner to
allow effective cleaning.
86
Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (If 2. Press the clutch pedal to the floor, then
put the gearshift lever in the neutral
Equipped) position.
Using the Clutch
4. Press the brake pedal and move the
Note: Failure to fully press the clutch pedal gearshift lever to the desired gear first
to the floor may cause increased shift (1) or reverse (R).
efforts, prematurely wear transmission 5. Release the parking brake, then slowly
components or damage the transmission. release the clutch pedal while slowly
Note: Do not drive with your foot resting pressing on the accelerator.
on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal
to hold your vehicle at a standstill while Recommended Shift Speeds
waiting on a hill. These actions will reduce
the life of the clutch. Note: Do not downshift into first (1) when
your vehicle is moving faster than 24 km/h.
This will damage the clutch.
Note: If your vehicle has a shift indicator,
follow it to complete upshifts and
downshifts.
When driving a vehicle with a manual
transmission, do not operate the engine
below 1250 RPM when driving with the
transmission in any gear. This does not
apply when starting or idling the engine
when the transmission is in neutral or the
clutch pedal is pressed. Lugging the engine
E144905
below 1250 RPM may result in damage to
Manual transmission vehicles have a the vehicle engine, poor fuel economy, poor
starter interlock that prevents cranking the acceleration, and undesirable noise,
engine unless the clutch pedal is fully vibration, and harshness. Choose the next
pressed. lowest gear until a proper engine RPM is
reached.
To start the vehicle:
1. Make sure the parking brake is fully set.
87
Transmission
Recommended Upshifts For Best Fuel Economy When Accelerating

Gear Selection Speed Range
Upshift 1.2L Ti-VCT 1.5L Ti-VCT 1.5L TDCi

1-2 15 km/h 15 km/h 20 km/h
2-3 25 km/h 25 km/h 30 km/h
3-4 40 km/h 40 km/h 40 km/h
4-5 50 km/h 50 km/h 50 km/h
Recommended Downshifts For Best Fuel Economy When Decelerating

Gear Selection Speed Range
1.2L Ti-VCT, 1.5L Ti-VCT & 1.5L TDCi

5-4 50 km/h
4-3 40 km/h
3-2 25 km/h
2-1 15 km/h
If reverse (R) is not fully engaged, press

Reverse the clutch pedal down and return the
gearshift to the neutral position. Release
Note: Make sure that your vehicle is at a the clutch pedal for a moment, then press
complete stop before you shift into reverse it down and shift to reverse (R) again.
(R). Failure to do so may damage the
transmission.
Note: The gearshift lever can only be AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
moved into reverse (R) by moving it from (If Equipped)
left of third (3) and fourth (4) before
shifting into reverse (R). This is a lockout PowerShift Automatic
feature that protects the transmission from Transmission
accidentally being shifted into reverse (R)
from fifth (5). WARNINGS
Hold the clutch pedal down and move the Always set the parking brake fully
gearshift lever into the neutral position. and make sure the gearshift is
Shift into reverse (R). latched in P (Park). Turn the ignition
to the off position and remove the key
whenever you leave your vehicle.
88
Transmission
WARNINGS P (Park)
Do not apply the brake pedal and This position locks the transmission and
accelerator pedal simultaneously. prevents the front wheels from spinning.
Applying both pedals simultaneously Come to a complete stop before putting
for more than three seconds will limit your vehicle into and out of P (Park).
engine rpm, which may result in difficulty
maintaining speed in traffic and could lead R (Reverse)
to serious injury.
With the gearshift lever in R (Reverse), the
vehicle will move backward. Always come
Note: Some sound and shift characteristics to a complete stop before shifting into and
are unique to the transmission in your out of R (Reverse).
vehicle. These operations are normal and
do not affect the durability of the N (Neutral)
transmission.
With the gearshift lever in N (Neutral), you
Note: Do not use the accelerator to hold have the ability to start your vehicle and it
your vehicle at a standstill while waiting on is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down
a hill. This will overheat the transmission. while in this position.
Putting your vehicle in gear: Note: If your vehicle must be towed, use
this gearshift lever position.
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Press and hold the button on the front D (Drive)
of the gearshift lever. The normal driving position for the best
3. Move the gearshift lever into the fuel economy.
desired gear.
S (Sport)
4. Release the button and your
transmission will remain in the selected With the gearshift lever in S (Sport), you
gear. have the ability to select gears quicker and
at higher engine speeds.
Sport mode will remain on until you either
shift manually up or down the gears using
the + or - buttons on the side of the
gearshift lever or you move the
transmission selector lever to D (Drive).
SelectShift Automatic™
Transmission
Your SelectShift Automatic transmission
allows you the ability to change gears
manually.
To use SelectShift, move the gearshift
lever into S (Sport). Use the + or - buttons
E161746
on the side of your gearshift lever to
manually change gears.
89
Transmission
• Press the (+) button to upshift. WARNINGS

• Press the (-) button to downshift. If the parking brake is fully released,
Note: After you have assumed manual but the brake warning lamp remains
control with SelectShift, your vehicle will illuminated, the brakes may not be
remain in this mode until you return the working properly. See your authorized
gearshift lever from S (Sport), back to D dealer.
(Drive).
Use the brake shift override to move the
Upshift to the recommended shift speeds
gearshift lever from the park position in the
according to the following chart:
event of an electrical malfunction or if your
vehicle has a dead battery.
Recommended upshift speed when
accelerating using SelectShift mode (for Apply the parking brake and turn the
optimum fuel economy) ignition off before performing this
procedure.
Gear Upshift km/h
From To
1 2 16 km/h
2 3 25 km/h
3 4 33 km/h
4 5 46 km/h
5 6 61 km/h
3 2
The instrument cluster will display your E142193
currently selected gear.
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
Note: The transmission will automatically ignition off before carrying out this
upshift if your engine speed is too high or procedure.
downshift if your engine speed is too low. 2. Remove the retaining screw.
Brake-Shift Interlock Override 3. Remove the right side center console
side panel.
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are
working.
When doing this procedure, you will
be taking your vehicle out of P (park),
which means your vehicle can roll
freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, always fully set the parking
brake prior to doing this procedure. Use
wheel chocks if appropriate.
90
Transmission
E142214
4. Press the brake pedal. Using a suitable

tool rotate the lever forward while
pulling the transmission selector lever
out of the P (park) position and into
the N (neutral) position.
5. Install the console cover.
6. Apply the brake pedal, start your
vehicle and release the parking brake.
91
Brakes
GENERAL INFORMATION Brake Assist

Brake assist detects when you brake
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
heavily by measuring the rate at which you
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
press the brake pedal. It provides
continuous squeal sound is present, the
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
brake linings may be worn-out. If your
press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
stopping distances in critical situations.
in the steering wheel while braking, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Anti-lock Brake System (If Equipped)
dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the This system helps you maintain steering
wheels, even under normal driving control and vehicle stability during
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the emergency stops by keeping the brakes
brakes wear. See Cleaning the Wheels from locking.
(page 146).
Note: Depending on applicable laws and HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
regulations in the country for which your ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
vehicle was originally built, the brake lamps
may flash during heavy braking. Following The anti-lock braking system does not
this the hazard warning flashers may also eliminate the risks when:
flash when your vehicle comes to a stop.
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
Wet brakes result in reduced braking front of you.
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a • Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes. • You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Brake Over Accelerator
Note: If the system activates, the brake
In the event the accelerator pedal pedal may pulse and may travel further.
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to may also hear a noise from the system. This
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. is normal.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Shift the transmission to park (P) PARKING BRAKE
(automatic transmission) or to a low gear
(manual transmission), switch the engine Vehicles With Automatic
off and apply the parking brake. Inspect Transmission
the accelerator pedal and the area around
it for any items or debris that may be WARNING
obstructing its movement. If none are Always set the parking brake fully
found and the condition persists, have your and leave your vehicle with the
vehicle towed to the dealer for service. transmission selector lever in
position P.
92
Brakes
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and HILL START ASSIST (If Equipped)
facing uphill move the transmission selector
lever to position P and turn the steering
wheel away from the curb. WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and parking brake. When you leave your
facing downhill move the transmission vehicle, always apply the parking
selector lever to position P and turn the brake.
steering wheel toward the curb.
You must remain in your vehicle once
Vehicles With Manual you have activated the system.
Transmission
During all times, you are responsible
WARNING for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and
Always set the parking brake fully. intervening, if required.
If the engine is revved excessively, or
if a malfunction is detected, the
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and system will be deactivated.
facing uphill select first gear and turn the
steering wheel away from the curb.
The system makes it easier to pull away
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and when your vehicle is on an uphill slope
facing downhill select reverse gear and turn without the need to use the parking brake.
the steering wheel toward the curb.
When the system is active, your vehicle will
All Vehicles remain stationary on the uphill slope for
two to three seconds after you release the
WARNING brake pedal. This allows you time to move
your foot from the brake to the accelerator
If the parking brake is fully released, pedal. The brakes are released
but the brake warning lamp remains automatically once the engine has
illuminated, the brakes may not be developed sufficient drive to prevent your
working properly. See your authorized vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
dealer as soon as possible. is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, (for example from a car park ramp,
Note: Do not press the release button while traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
pulling the lever up. a parking space).
To apply the parking brake: The system will activate automatically on
an uphill slope to prevent in vehicle
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
rollback.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its
fullest extent. Using Hill Start Assist
To release the parking brake: 1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
1. Press the brake pedal firmly. vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed and vehicle on
2. Pull the lever up slightly. gear.
3. Press the release button and push the
lever down.
93
Brakes
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle

is on an uphill slope, the system will be
activated automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the uphill slope without rolling away
for approximately two or three
seconds.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will be released automatically.
94
Traction Control (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL

The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off (If Equipped)

The switch is located in the center console.
Press the switch to switch off the traction
control. You will see an illuminated icon in
the display. See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 54).
Press the switch again to return the system
to normal mode.
95
Stability Control (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Electronic Stability Control
WARNING
B
The system is designed to aid the
driver. It is not intended to replace
your attention and judgment. You are
still responsible to drive with due care and B
attention.
The system supports stability when your B

vehicle starts to slide away from your A
intended path. The system does this by
braking individual wheels and reducing A B
engine torque. A
The system also provides an enhanced
traction control function by reducing E72903
engine torque if the wheels spin when you
accelerate. This helps to pull away on A Without ESC.
slippery roads or loose surfaces, and
improves comfort by limiting wheel spin in B With ESC.
hairpin bends.
Stability Control Warning Lamp
Flashes during operation. See
Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 54).
USING STABILITY CONTROL

Switching the System Off and On
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
You can switch traction control part off
and on. See Using Traction Control
(page 95).
The system remains off until you switch
the ignition off.
Note: Stability control remains on even
when you switch the traction control off.
96
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Note: When a trailer is connected to your

vehicle, the rear parking aid may detect the
trailer and therefore provide an alert. Disable
WARNINGS
the rear parking aid when a trailer is
To help avoid personal injury, always connected to prevent the alert.
use caution when in reverse (R) and
when using the sensing system. The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of your
The system may not detect objects vehicle. The system turns on automatically
with surfaces that absorb reflection. whenever you switch the ignition on.
Always drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result If a fault is present in the system, a warning
in a crash. message appears in the information
display. See Information Messages
Traffic control systems, inclement (page 59).
weather, air brakes, external motors
and fans may affect the correct
operation of the sensing system.This may REAR PARKING AID
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
The rear sensors are only active when the
The system may not detect small or
transmission is in reverse (R). As your
moving objects, particularly those
vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the
close to the ground.
rate of the audible warning increases.
When the obstacle is less than 30 cm
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with away, the warning sounds continuously. If
MyKey™, the sensing system cannot be the system detects a stationary or receding
turned off when a MyKey™ is present. See object farther than 30 cm from the corners
Principle of Operation (page 97). of the bumper, the tone sounds for only
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the three seconds. Once the system detects
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and an object approaching, the warning sounds
large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors again.
are covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alerts.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts. For example, large trailer
hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
that may block the normal detection zone
of the system. Remove the add-on device E130178
to prevent false alerts.
97
Parking Aids
Coverage area of up to 1.8 m from the rear REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped)
bumper. There may be decreased coverage
area at the outer corners of the bumper.
WARNINGS
The system detects certain objects while The rear view camera system is a
the transmission is in reverse (R) : reverse aid supplement device that
• Your vehicle is moving toward a still requires the driver to use it in
stationary object at a speed of 5 km/h conjunction with the interior and exterior
or less. mirrors for maximum coverage.
• Your vehicle is not moving, but a Objects that are close to either
moving object is approaching the rear corner of the bumper or under the
of your vehicle at a speed of 5 km/h or bumper, might not be seen on the
less. screen due to the limited coverage of the
• Your vehicle is moving at a speed of camera system.
less than 5 km/h and a moving object Reverse your vehicle slowly. Failure
is approaching the rear of your vehicle to follow this instruction could result
at a speed of less than 5 km/h. in the loss of control of your vehicle,
The system provides audio warnings only personal injury or death.
when your vehicle is moving or when your Use caution when the liftgate is ajar.
vehicle is stationary and the detected If the liftgate is ajar, the camera will
obstacle is less than 30 cm away from the be out of position and the video
bumper. image may be incorrect. All guidelines
disappear when the liftgate is ajar. Failure
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If to follow this instruction could result in
Equipped) personal injury.
The system provides obstacle distance Use caution when turning camera
indication through the information display. features on or off when the
The distance indicator displays when the transmission is not in park (P). Make
transmission is in reverse (R). sure your vehicle is not moving.
The indicator displays: To help avoid personal injury always
• As the distance to the obstacle use caution when in reverse (R) and
decreases the indicator blocks when using the rear view camera.
illuminate and move towards the
vehicle icon. The rear view camera provides an image
• If there is no obstacle detected, the of the area behind your vehicle. During
distance indicator blocks are grayed operation, lines appear in the display that
out. represents the path of your vehicle and
proximity to objects behind it.
98
Parking Aids
Rear View Camera Guidelines
WARNING
Objects above the camera may not
be visible. Check the area behind
your vehicle when necessary.
E264559
The camera is on the rear bumper.
Using the Rear View Camera

The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you shift
the transmission into reverse (R).
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 8 km/h and may
not detect certain angular or moving objects.
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
and the luggage compartment door or
liftgate is open, no rear view camera
guidelines will display.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what you are towing. In some vehicles, the
guidelines may disappear when you connect
the trailer tow connector.
The system may not correctly operate in E269222
any of the following conditions:

• Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse A Centerline.
lamps are not operating. B Fixed guideline: Green zone.
• If the camera is obstructed. Clean the C Fixed guideline: Yellow zone.
lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and
non-abrasive cleaner. D Fixed guideline: Red zone.
• The camera is misaligned due to E Rear bumper.
damage to the rear of your vehicle.
99
Parking Aids
The system uses two types of guidelines When the reverse sensing system detects
to help you see what is behind your vehicle: an object, it displays red, yellow and green
A. The centerline helps align the center highlights at the top of the image.
of your vehicle with a trailer.
B. Fixed guidelines show the actual path
of your vehicle when reversing in a
straight line. This can be helpful when
backing into a parking space or aligning
your vehicle with another object.
Manual Zoom
WARNING
When manual zoom is on, the full
area behind your vehicle may not
show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Manual zoom is only available when you

shift the transmission into reverse (R).
Press the zoom in or zoom out symbol to
change the view. The rear bumper remains
in the image as a reference point.
Note: Only the centerline shows when you
switch on manual zoom.
System Settings
You can adjust the camera settings using
the vehicle settings menu in the
information display.
Rear View Camera Delay
You can switch this feature on or off using
The default setting is off.
Enhanced Park Aids or Park Pilot

(If Equipped)
You can switch this feature on or off using

100
Driving Aids
STEERING Steering Tips

If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
Electric Power Steering
• Correct tire pressures.
WARNINGS • Uneven tire wear.
The electric power steering system • Loose or worn suspension
has diagnostic checks that components.
continuously monitor the system. If
• Loose or worn steering components.
a fault is detected, a message displays in
the information display. Stop your vehicle • Improper vehicle alignment.
as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the Note: A high crown in the road or high
ignition off. After at least 10 seconds, crosswinds may also make the steering
switch the ignition on and watch the seem to wander or pull.
information display for a steering system
warning message. If a steering system Adaptive Learning
warning message returns, have the system
checked as soon as possible. The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
If the system detects an error, you irregularities and improves overall handling
may not feel a difference in the and steering feel. It communicates with
steering, however a serious condition the brake system to help operate
may exist. Have your vehicle checked as advanced stability control and accident
soon as possible, failure to do so may avoidance systems.
result in loss of steering control.
Additionally, whenever the battery is
disconnected or a new battery installed,
Your vehicle has an electric power steering you have two ways to reprogram the
system. There is no fluid reservoir. No system strategy and reactivate all systems:
maintenance is required.
• Turn the steering wheel slowly while
If your vehicle loses electrical power while the vehicle is parked, start in the center
you are driving, electric power steering with the wheels facing forward, turn
assistance is lost. The steering system still the steering wheel to the right until it
operates and you can steer your vehicle stops, then turn the wheel from right
manually. Manually steering your vehicle to left until it stops, then back to
requires more effort. center.
Extreme continuous steering may increase • Drive your vehicle a short distance.
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle. This increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.
101
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION Removing the Cover
WARNINGS
1
Do not exceed the maximum front
and rear axle loads for your vehicle.
Make sure that you secure all loose
items properly.
2
Place luggage and other loads as low
and as far forward as possible within
the luggage or loadspace.
Do not drive with the liftgate or rear
3
door open. Exhaust fumes may enter E174649
your vehicle.
Install in the reverse order.
Do not allow items to contact the
rear windows.
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
Note: When loading long objects into your CARRIERS (If Equipped)
vehicle, for example pipes, timber or
furniture, be careful not to damage the WARNINGS
interior trim. Read and follow the manufacturer's
instructions when you are fitting a
roof rack.
LUGGAGE COVERS - 5-DOOR
When loading the roof racks, we
WARNING recommend you evenly distribute the
load, as well as maintain a low
Do not place objects on the luggage center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with
cover. higher centers of gravity, may handle
differently than unloaded vehicles. Take
While using the luggage compartment, extra precautions, such as slower speeds
make sure to place the luggage cover in its and increased stopping distance, when
correct position as shown in the illustration. driving a heavily loaded vehicle.
Note: Do not place loads on the roof rack

if your vehicle is not equipped with the
Electronic Stability Control system.
The maximum recommended load, evenly
distributed on the roof rack is:
• 50 kg
102
Load Carrying
For correct roof rack system function, you

must place loads directly on parallel
crossbars affixed to the roof rack side rails.
When using the roof rack system, we
recommend you use Ford Genuine
Accessory crossbars designed specifically
for your vehicle.
Note: Never place loads directly on the roof
panel. The roof panel is not designed to
directly carry a load.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
load. Check the tightness of the load
before driving and at each fuel stop.
Note: The fuel consumption of your vehicle
increases when using a roof rack. You may
also experience different driving
characteristics.
103
Towing
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON The weight of the vehicle that is being

towed must not exceed the weight of the
FOUR WHEELS - 5-SPEED towing vehicle.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION Do not exceed 50 km/h. See Towing the
5MX65 Vehicle on Four Wheels (page 104).
WARNINGS
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
You must switch the ignition on when
your vehicle is being towed. Failure FOUR WHEELS - 6-SPEED
to follow this warning could seriously AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
increase the risk of injury or death. - 6F15
The brake and steering assistance
will not operate unless the engine is WARNINGS
running. Press the brake pedal harder You must switch the ignition on when
and be aware of increased stopping your vehicle is being towed. Failure
distances and heavier steering. to follow this warning could seriously
If your vehicle has a steering wheel increase the risk of injury or death.
lock make sure the ignition is in the You must make sure the
accessory or on position when being transmission selector lever is placed
towed. in position N. Failure to follow this
Too much tension on a tow rope warning could damage the transmission
could cause damage to your vehicle and may lead to a crash or injury.
or the vehicle that is towing. The brake and steering assistance
When towing your vehicle you must will not operate unless the engine is
select neutral. Failure to follow this running. Press the brake pedal harder
warning could damage the and allow for increased stopping distances
transmission and may lead to a crash or and heavier steering. Failure to take care
injury. may lead to a crash or personal injury.
If your vehicle has a steering wheel
Drive off slowly and smoothly without lock, make sure the ignition is in the
jerking the vehicle you are towing. accessory or on position before you
tow.
You must only use the towing eye that was
delivered with your vehicle. See Towing Too much tension on a tow rope
Points (page 113). could cause damage to your vehicle
or the vehicle that is towing.
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be
placed on the same side. For example; right Do not tow your vehicle if the
hand rear towing point to right hand front ambient temperature is below 0°C.
towing point.
Do not tow your vehicle backward.
You must use a tow rope or rigid towing
bar that is of the correct strength for the
weight of the towing vehicle and the
vehicle that is being towed.
104
Towing
Emergency Towing You must use a tow rope or rigid towing

bar that is of the correct strength for the
If your vehicle is disabled without access weight of the towing vehicle and the
to wheel dollies, a car-hauling trailer, or a vehicle that is being towed.
flatbed transport vehicle it can be
flat-towed with all wheels on the ground. Note: Using a rigid towing bar is the safest
You may do this under the following way to tow a vehicle.
conditions: The weight of the vehicle that is being
• Your vehicle is facing forward so that towed must not exceed the weight of the
it is towed in a forward direction. towing vehicle.
• The transmission selector lever is
placed in position N. If the transmission
gear shift lever cannot be moved to
position N, it may need to be
overridden. See Transmission (page
87).
• Maximum speed is 50 km/h.
• Maximum distance is 80 km.
Note: If you need to exceed a speed of
50 km/h and a distance of 80 km while
towing, you must lift the drive wheels clear
of the ground.
Note: We recommend you do not tow with
the drive wheels on the ground. However, if
it is required to move the vehicle from a
dangerous location, do not tow your vehicle
faster than 50 km/h or farther than 80 km.
WARNING
In the event of a mechanical failure
of the transmission, do not use
individual axle carriers. All wheels
must be lifted clear of the ground on a level
platform.
Drive off slowly and smoothly without

jerking the vehicle that is being towed.
You must only use the towing eye that was
delivered with your vehicle. See Towing
Points (page 113).
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be
placed on the same side. For example; right
hand rear towing point to right hand front
towing point.
105
Driving Hints
BREAKING-IN • Combine errands and minimize

stop-and-go driving (When running
Tires errands, go to the furthest destination
first and then work your way back
WARNING home).
New tires need to be run-in for • Close the windows for high-speed
approximately 500 km. During this driving.
time, you may experience different • Drive at reasonable speeds.
driving characteristics. • Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.
Brakes and Clutch • Use the recommended engine oil.
WARNING • Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
If possible, avoid hard braking and
clutching during the first 150 km in There are also some things you may want
the city, and the first 1,500 km in to avoid doing because they reduce your
highways. fuel economy:
• Avoid sudden or hard accelerations.
Engine • Avoid revving the engine before turning
off the car.
WARNING • Avoid long idle periods.
Avoid driving too fast during the first • Do not warm up your vehicle on cold
1,500 km. Vary your speed frequently mornings.
and change up through the gears
early. Do not labor the engine. • Reduce the use of air conditioning and
heat.
• Avoid using speed control in hilly
ECONOMICAL DRIVING terrain.
Fuel economy is affected by several things • Do not rest your foot on the brake
such as how you drive, the conditions you pedal while driving.
drive under and how you maintain your • Avoid carrying unnecessary weight.
vehicle. • Avoid adding particular accessories to
There are some things to keep in mind that your vehicle (e.g. bug deflectors,
may improve your fuel economy: rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski
racks).
• Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,
moderate fashion. • Avoid driving with the wheels out of
alignment.
• Drive at steady speeds.
• Anticipate stops; slowing down may
eliminate the need to stop. COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -10°C.
106
Driving Hints
DRIVING THROUGH WATER FLOOR MATS

WARNING WARNINGS
Do not drive through flowing or deep Use a floor mat designed to fit the
water as you may lose control of your footwell of your vehicle that does not
vehicle. obstruct the pedal area. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
Note: Driving through standing water can injury or death.
cause vehicle damage.
Pedals that cannot move freely can
Note: Engine damage can occur if water cause loss of vehicle control and
enters the air filter. increase the risk of serious personal
Before driving through standing water, injury.
check the depth. Never drive through water Secure the floor mat to both
that is higher than the bottom of the front retention devices so that it cannot
rocker area of your vehicle. slip out of position and interfere with
the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
Do not place additional floor mats
or any other covering on top of the
original floor mats. This could result
in the floor mat interfering with the
operation of the pedals. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
E266447 Always make sure that objects
When driving through standing water, drive cannot fall into the driver foot well
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. while your vehicle is moving. Objects
Your brake performance and traction may that are loose can become trapped under
be limited. After driving through water and the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
• Check that the exterior lights work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
107
Driving Hints
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor

mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
108
Roadside Emergencies
HAZARD FLASHERS In the event of a moderate to severe

collision, this vehicle includes a fuel pump
The hazard warning button is shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel
located on the instrument panel. to the engine. Not every impact will cause
E71943
a shutoff.
Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety Should your vehicle shut off after a
hazard for other motorists. collision, you may restart your vehicle. For
Press the button to turn on the hazard vehicles equipped with a key system:
warning function, and the front and rear 1. Switch off the ignition.
direction indicators will flash. 2. Switch to start position.
Press the button again to turn them off. 3. Switch off the ignition.
Note: If used when the engine is not 4. Switch on the ignition to re-enable the
running, the battery will lose charge. There fuel pump.
may be insufficient power to restart your For vehicles equipped with a push button
engine. start system:
Note: Depending on applicable laws and 1. Press the START/STOP button to
regulations in the country for which your switch off the ignition.
vehicle was originally built, the hazard
warning flashers may flash if you brake 2. Press the brake pedal and press the
heavily. START/STOP button to switch on the
ignition.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
FIRST AID KIT and press the START/STOP button
to switch off the ignition.
First aid kit is stored in the glove box or in
the luggage compartment. It contains 4. You can either attempt to start the
spare fuses, spare bulbs and emergency engine by pressing the brake pedal and
medical treatment kit. Use it under the START/STOP button, or switch
emergency situations. on the ignition only by pressing the
START/STOP button without
pressing the brake pedal. Both ways
WARNING TRIANGLE re-enable the fuel system.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
Warning triangle is provided in the luggage
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
compartment.
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once your vehicle determines that the
FUEL SHUTOFF systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow
you to restart.
WARNING Note: In the event that your vehicle does
If your vehicle has been involved in a not restart after your third attempt, contact
crash, have the fuel system checked. an authorized dealer.
Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
109
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE 2. Check all battery terminals and remove
any excessive corrosion before you
WARNINGS attach the battery cables. Ensure that
vent caps are tight and level.
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal 3. Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles
injury. Therefore, do not allow to protect from any electrical surges.
flames, sparks or lighted substances to Turn all other accessories off.
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and Connecting the Jumper Cables
protect your eyes. Always provide correct WARNINGS
ventilation.
Do not use fuel lines, engine valve
Keep batteries out of reach of covers, windshield wiper arms, the
children. Batteries contain sulfuric intake manifold, or hood latch as
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or ground points.
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible Use only adequately sized cables
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid with insulated clamps.
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the
15 minutes and get prompt medical bottom is used to designate the assisting
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a (boosting) battery.
physician immediately.
Use only adequately sized cables with

insulated clamps.
Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic
transmissions do not have push-start
capability. Attempting to push-start a
vehicle with an automatic transmission
may cause transmission damage.
Preparing Your Vehicle

Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
1. Park the booster vehicle close to the
hood of the disabled vehicle making
sure the two vehicles do not touch. Set
the parking brake on both vehicles and
stay clear of the engine cooling fan and
other moving parts.
110
WARNING
Do not connect the end of the
second cable to the negative (-)
terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the
gases that surround the battery.
Ensure that the cables are clear of fan

blades, belts, moving parts of both engines,
or any fuel delivery system parts.
Jump Starting
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run the engine at moderately
increased speed.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables

E149169 Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the
discharged battery. bottom is used to designate the assisting
(boosting) battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the assisting battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the assisting
battery.
4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine,
away from the battery and the
carburetor or fuel injection system.
Note: Do not attach the negative (-) cable
to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake
manifold or electrical components as
grounding points.
111
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM

The system flashes the direction indicator
lamps in the event of a serious impact that
deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain
or Safety Canopy) or the safety belt
pretensioners.
The lamps turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
• You press the unlock button in the
remote control.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E149170
1. Remove the jumper cable from the

ground metal surface.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle's battery.
After the disabled vehicle has been started
and the jumper cables removed, allow it
to idle for several minutes so the engine
computer can relearn its idle conditions. E143886
112
If you need to have your vehicle towed, Note: The recovery hook has a left-hand
contact a professional towing service or, thread. Turn it counterclockwise to install it
if you are a member of a roadside and make sure that it is fully tightened.
assistance program, your roadside Failure to do so could result in the recovery
assistance service provider. hook becoming loose.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford
Motor Company has not approved a
slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle
damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or
by any other means.
Ford Motor Company produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck
operators. Have your tow truck operator
refer to this manual for proper hook-up
and towing procedures for your vehicle. E266483
It is acceptable to have your front-wheel 1. Push the cover.

drive vehicle towed from the front if using
proper wheel lift equipment to raise the 2. Carefully remove the cover.
front wheels off the ground. When towing
in this manner, the rear wheels can remain
on the ground.
Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the 3
front wheels placed on a tow dolly when
towing your vehicle from the rear using
wheel lift equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission.
Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive
vehicle requires that all wheels be off the
ground, such as using a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents E266484
damage to the transmission, all-wheel or
3. Install the recovery hook.
four-wheel drive system and vehicle.
The recovery hook is in the spare wheel
well.
TOWING POINTS
You must carry the recovery hook in your
Front Towing Point vehicle at all times.
WARNING
You must switch the ignition on when
your vehicle is being towed.
113
Rear Towing Point - 4 Door 3. Pull down the tow hook cover as
shown.
4. Repeat the steps in reverse order to
replace the tow hook cover.
Rear Towing Point - Freestyle
E270817
Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar, use this

to tow other vehicles.
Rear Towing Point - 5 Door
E265586
1. Unlock the bottom two snaps in the

tow hook cover.
2. Twist it slightly as shown to separate
the snaps completely.
3. Pull down the tow hook cover as
shown.
4. Repeat the steps in reverse order to
replace the tow hook cover.
E265585
1. Unlock the bottom two snaps in the

tow hook cover.
2. Twist it slightly as shown to separate
the snaps completely.
114
Fuses
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS This fuse box is attached to the battery

positive terminal.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
E264971
This fuse box is located in the engine

compartment.
E208375
High Current Fuse Box
This fuse box is located behind the glove
box. To access the fuse box, do the
following:
1. Open the glove box and empty the
contents.
2. Press the sides inward and swivel the
glove compartment downward.
Note: Any improper modification to the
electrical system can compromise the
safety of the vehicle, implying risk of fire or
engine damage. For any clarifications or
questions, contact an authorized dealer.
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART

Your vehicle may not be equipped with all
of the features listed in the fusing tables.
E266578 This information describes all fusing for all
available vehicle models.
115
Fuses
E264835
Fuse Fuse Amp Rating Protected Components
F01 40A
3 Body Control Module-Battery Voltage 2.
F02 30A
2 Body Control Module Run/Start Bus.
F04 20A
2 Fuel Pump.
F06 20A
1 Power Supply Voltage 1.
F07 15A
F08 10A
F09 20A
F10 10A
116
Fuses
F11 30A
2 Starter Motor.
F12 10A
1 Air Conditioning Clutch.
F13 40A
3 Blower.
F15 10A
1 Horn.
F21 5A
1 Headlamp Leveling.
F22 5A
1 Electric Power Assistant Steering.
F24 10A
1 Powertrain Control Module.
Rear View Camera.

F25 7.5A
1
Compressed Natural Gas.
Electronic Stability Program.
F28 30A
2
Anti-brake System Valve.
Electronic Stability Program.
F29 50A
3
Anti-brake System Pump.
F33 20A
2 Power Point.
F35 10A
1 Washer Pump.
F39 30A
2 Heated Seat.
F44 10A
1 BOO/Fox or Dragon Fuel Pumper Relay Coil.
F47 30A
3 Cooling Fan.
F49 50A
3 Cooling Fan.
F50 30A
3 Heated Backlite.
F51 5A
1 Heated Mirrors.
F56 20A
F65 5A
1 Dragon Fuel Pumper Relay Coil.
F68 20A
2 Electric Steering Column Lock.
117
Fuses
F69 20A
2 Front Wiper Motor.
F71 15A
1 Rear Wiper Motor.
F78 40A
3 Left Front Window Defrost.
F79 40A
3 Left Rear Window Defrost.
F88 20A
2 Second Horn.
F91 40A
3 Trailer Tow 2.
F121 20A
1 Heater Fuel Diesel.
F124 5A
1 Rain Sensor.
F134 20A
2 Trailer Tow 1.
F140 60A
3 Glow Plug.
F160 10A
1 Port Fuel Injection.
F180 10A
1 Power Point Relay Power.
2
1 M case.
Micro 2.
3
Slotted M case.
118
Fuses
E267682
1 5A
2 Restraint Control Module.
2 5A
2 In Car Temperature Sensor.
3 10A
1 Rear Park Aid.
Ignition Switch.
4 10A
1
Push Button Start.
Auto Start-stop(Left Hand Drive).
5 20A
1 Central Locking.
6 10A
1 Power Mirrors.
7 30A
1 Not used.
8 5A
2 Not Used.
Electro Chromatic Mirror.

9 5A
2
Passenger Airbag Disable Indicator.
10 10A
1 Diagnostic Connector.
119
Fuses
11 5A
2 Not Used.
12 5A
2 Combined Motion Sensor(Left Hand Drive).
13 15A
1 Not used.
14 30A
1 Not used.
15 15A
2 Not used.
16 15A
2 Not Used.
17 15A
1 SYNC 3.
Power Mirrors.
18 7.5A
2
Power Windows.
19 7.5A
2 Not Used.
20 10A
1 Not Used.
21 7.5A
2 Climate Control Module.
22 7.5A
2 Cluster Diagnostic Connector.
23 20A
1 Radio.
24 20A
1 Diagnostic Connector.
25 30A
3 Power windows.
1
Micro 2.
2
Micro 3.
3
M Case.
120
Fuses
High Current Fuse Box
E264970
F201 275A
1 Alternator.
F202 125A
2 Body Control Module-
Battery Voltage.
F204 60A
2 Electric Power Assisted
Steering Motor.
F205 70A
2 Hydraulic Control Unit.
1
MEGA fuse.
2
CHANGING A FUSE
MIDI fuse.
General Information
E217331
121
Fuses
If electrical components in the vehicle are 2. Lift connector lever upward.

not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown 3. Pull connector upward to remove it.
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse.

WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.
E266571
4. Pull both latches toward you and

remove the fuse box.
5. Flip the fuse box over and open the lid.

WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
E266569
rating can cause severe wire damage and
1. Pull latch toward you and remove the could start a fire.
top cover.
1. Open the glove compartment and
empty the contents.
2. Turn the retaining clips and remove
them.
3. Press the sides inward and swivel the
glove compartment downward.
E266570
122
Fuses
Fuses Types
E267379
A Micro 2.
B Micro 3.
C Maxi.
D Mini.
E M Case.
F J Case.
G J Case Low Profile.
H Slotted M Case.
123
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION • Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid

Check (page 132).
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help • Tire pressures (when cold). See Tire
maintain its roadworthiness. There is a Pressures (page 155).
large network of authorized dealers that • Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
are there to help you with their professional (page 149).
servicing expertise. We believe that their
specially trained technicians are best Monthly Checks
qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly, with a wide range of highly • Engine coolant level (engine cold). See
specialized tools. Engine Coolant Check (page 130).
In addition to regular servicing, we • Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
recommend that you carry out the • Air conditioning operation.
following checks. • Parking brake operation.
WARNINGS • Horn operation.
Switch the ignition off before • Tightness of lug nuts. See Tire
touching or attempting adjustment Pressures (page 155).
of any kind.
Do not touch the electronic ignition OPENING AND CLOSING THE
system parts after you have switched
the ignition on or when the engine is HOOD
running. The system operates at high
voltage. Opening the Hood
Keep your hands and clothing clear
of the engine cooling fan. Under
certain conditions, the fan may
continue to run for several minutes after
you have switched the engine off.
Make sure that you fit filler caps
securely after carrying out
maintenance checks.
Daily Checks
• Exterior lamps. E174767
• Interior lamps.
1. Pull the hood release handle.
• Warning lamps and indicators.
Check When Refueling

• Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 129).
• Brake fluid level. See Brake Fluid
Check (page 131).
124
Maintenance
E174768
2. Move the catch to the left.
E87786
3. Open the hood and support it with the

hood strut.
Closing the Hood

1. Remove the hood strut from the catch
and secure correctly after use.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
from under its own weight for the last
20–30 cm.
Note: Make sure that you have closed the
hood correctly.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.2L TIVCT
125
Maintenance
E265180
A Engine coolant reservoir: See E Battery: See Changing the 12V

Engine Coolant Check (page Battery (page 132).
130). F Engine compartment fuse box:
B Engine oil filler cap : See Engine
* See Fuses (page 115).
Oil Check (page 129). G Windshield and rear window
* washer fluid reservoir: See
C Engine oil dipstick : See Engine
Washer Fluid Check (page 132).
Oil Dipstick (page 129).
H Engine Air Filter: See Changing
D Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : the Engine Air Filter (page 141).
See Brake Fluid Check (page
*
131). The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick
are colored for easy identification.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.5L TIVCT
126
Maintenance
E264817
A Engine coolant reservoir: See E Battery: See Changing the 12V

Engine Coolant Check (page Battery (page 132).
130). F Engine compartment fuse box:
B Engine oil filler cap : See Engine
* See Fuses (page 115).
Oil Check (page 129). G Windshield and rear window
* washer fluid reservoir: See
C Engine oil dipstick : See Engine
Oil Dipstick (page 129).
H Engine Air Filter: See Changing
D Brake and clutch fluid reservoir : the Engine Air Filter (page 141).
See Brake Fluid Check (page
*
131). The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick
are colored for easy identification.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.5L TDCI
127
Maintenance
A B C I D
H G F E
E203844
*
A Engine coolant reservoir : See
* H Engine oil dipstick : See Engine
Engine Coolant Check (page Oil Check (page 129).
130). I Brake and clutch fluid reservoir
B Brake and clutch fluid reservoir -LHD (left-hand drive): See
- RHD (right-hand drive): See Brake Fluid Check (page 131).
Brake Fluid Check (page 131). *
The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick
*
C Engine oil filler cap : See Engine are colored for easy identification.
Oil Check (page 129).
D Battery: See Changing the 12V
Battery (page 132).
E Engine compartment fuse box:
See Fuses (page 115).
F Windshield and rear window
washer fluid reservoir: See
G Air cleaner: See Changing the
Engine Air Filter (page 141).
128
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.2L WARNINGS

TIVCT/1.5L TIVCT Empty engine oil containers should
not be disposed of in domestic trash
bins. Use only proper containers to
A B dispose of this type of waste.
When changing your oil, ensure that
the oil used is the same as specified
and the correct amount. Do not use
unknown types of oil or from already
opened containers.
E141337
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
A Minimum. 5,000 km.
B Maximum.
Checking the Oil Level
Note: Check the level before starting the
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.5L engine.
TDCI Note: Make sure that the level is between
the MIN and the MAX marks.
A B Note: Level measurement will not be
accurate if this procedure is not followed.
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. If the engine is running turn it off and
wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into
the oil pan.
E140423 3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint free cloth. Replace the
A Minimum. dipstick and remove it again to check
B Maximum. the oil level.
If the level is at the MIN mark, top up
immediately.
ENGINE OIL CHECK
Topping Up
WARNINGS
WARNINGS
Do not use oil additives or other
engine treatments. Under certain Only top up when the engine is cold.
conditions, they could damage the If the engine is hot, wait 15 minutes
engine and it is not covered under for the engine to cool down.
warranty. Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
129
Maintenance
Remove the filler cap. Oil Consumption

WARNING In the first 5,000 km (run-in period) the oil
Do not top up further than the MAX consumption is higher, and therefore the
mark. oil level should be checked more
frequently. Maximum acceptable
consumption in this period is one liter. After
Note: Oil expands when it is hot. Checking the break-in period the engine can
the oil level when hot will be above the MAX consume up to one liter every 10,000 km.
mark. If the consumption is higher, go to your
Note: Soak up any spillage with an Ford Dealer.
absorbent cloth immediately. Oil consumption also depends on driving
Top up with fluid that meets the Ford style and vehicle use. Special operating
specification. See Capacities and conditions such as, operating your vehicle
Specifications (page 167). frequently at high speeds, could increase
oil consumption.
Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you feel
a strong resistance. Oil Filter
Engine severe usage conditions The oil filter's function is to filter out
harmful particles without obstructing the
In case of vehicle severe usage, engine oil flow of oil to vital parts. Use of oil filters
should be changed every 5,000 km or 3 not meeting Ford specifications could
months, whichever occurs first. damage the engine.
Severe usage conditions:
• Frequent usage of vehicle in short ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
distances (less than 5 km), in which
the engine does not reach normal WARNING
operating temperature,
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
• Frequent usage of vehicle on dusty
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
roads or in mountain areas,
affected areas immediately with
• Usage in heavy urban traffic, plenty of water and contact your physician.
• Usage as driving instructors vehicle,
taxi vehicle, ambulance, military usage Note: Make sure that the level is between
or similar activities, the MIN and the MAX marks.
• Extended usage with contaminated Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
fuel. level may therefore extend beyond the MAX
mark.
If the level is at the MIN mark, add coolant
immediately.
130
Maintenance
Adding Engine Coolant 2. Add a mixture of 50% coolant and

50% water using fluid that meets the
WARNINGS Ford specifications. See Capacities
Only add coolant when the engine is and Specifications (page 167).
cold. If the engine is hot, wait 10 3. Replace the filler cap. Turn it clockwise
minutes for the engine to cool down. until you feel a strong resistance and
Do not remove the filler cap when it clicks.
the engine is running.
Do not remove the filler cap when BRAKE FLUID CHECK
the engine is hot. Wait for the engine
to cool down. WARNINGS
Undiluted coolant is flammable and Do not use any fluid other than the
may ignite if spilt on a hot exhaust. recommended brake fluid as this will
reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
Note: Inspect or replace the lid with the vehicle control, serious personal injury or
vehicle turned off and the engine cold, to death.
avoid injuries or burns.
Only use brake fluid from a sealed
Note: In an emergency, you can add just container. Contamination with dirt,
water to the cooling system to reach a water, petroleum products or other
vehicle service station. Have the system materials may result in brake system
checked by an authorized dealer as soon as damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
possible. warning could result in the loss of vehicle
Note: Prolonged use of incorrect dilution control, serious personal injury or death.
of the coolant can cause engine damage Do not allow the fluid to touch your
from corrosion, overheating or freezing. skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
Note: Do not add coolant further than the affected areas immediately with
MAX mark. plenty of water and contact your physician.
Note: If coolant levels are outside the A fluid level between the MAX and
standard operational range, the MIN lines is within the normal
performance of the system may be operating range and there is no need
compromised; seek an authorized dealer to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal
immediately. operating range could compromise the
performance of the system. Have your
Note: The cooling system expansion vehicle checked immediately.
reservoir lid should be inspected and
cleaned every 3 years approximately. If there
are any evidences of deterioration of the
sealing ring, the lid should be replaced.
Note: It is normal to see some air bubbles
in the coolant reservoir fluid.
1. Remove the filler cap. Any pressure will
escape slowly as you unscrew the cap.
131
Maintenance
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY

WARNING
For vehicles with Auto-Start-Stop
the battery requirement is different.
You must replace the battery with
one of exactly the same specification.
The battery is located in the engine

compartment.
To remove and install the battery:
E170684
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir

cap must remain in place and fully tight,
unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and E270818
Specifications (page 158).
1. Loosen the nuts from the terminals.
Remove the negative battery cable (2)
CLUTCH FLUID CHECK first, then the positive battery cable (1).
The clutch and brake systems share the
same fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid
Check (page 131).
WASHER FLUID CHECK

When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer
fluid and water to help prevent freezing in
cold weather and improve the cleaning
capability. For information on fluid dilution,
refer to the product instructions. We
E270819
recommend that you only use high quality
washer fluid. 2. Remove the three nuts from the clamp.
Note: The reservoir supplies the front and 3. Remove the battery.
rear washer systems.
4. To install, reverse the removal
procedure.
132
Maintenance
Note: The acid solution and lead contained

in the battery, if discarded improperly in 2
nature, can contaminate soil, subsoil and
water, as well as cause damage to human
health.
CHECKING THE WIPER

BLADES
1
E93783
1. Lift the wiper arm.

2. Position the wiper blade at right angles
to the wiper arm.
3
E203709
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of

the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
E93784
CHANGING THE WIPER 3. Press the locking lever.

BLADES
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. If you install wiper blades
of the wrong length, the rain sensor may not
work correctly.
133
Maintenance
4
E93785
4. Disengage the wiper blade from the

wiper arm. E183236
5. Slide the wiper blade to the side. 2. Pull the wiper blade away from the
wiper arm.
6 3. Install the new wiper by aligning with
the wiper arm groove and clip them
together.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
CHANGING A BULB - 4-DOOR

WARNINGS
Switch the lamps and the ignition off.
E93786 Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury.
6. Remove the wiper blade.
Bulbs can become hot. Let the bulb
7. Install in the reverse order. Make sure
cool down before removing it. Failure
that the wiper blade locks into place.
to do so could result in personal
Changing the Rear Window Wiper injury.
Blade
Note: Only fit bulbs of the correct
1. Lift the wiper arms to the maximum specification.
extent and hold it.
See Bulb Specification Chart (page 140).
Note: The following instructions describe
how to remove the bulbs. Fit replacements
in the reverse order unless otherwise stated.
134
Maintenance
Headlamp Position Lamp

Note: Remove the covers to gain access to
the bulbs.
E265497
1. Disconnect the electrical connector.

E265496
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
A Headlamp low and high beam
3. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb
B Direction indicator counterclockwise to remove it.
C Position lamp
Direction Indicator
Headlamp Low and High Beam 1. Disconnect the electrical connector.
E265498

3 and remove it.
E174676
3. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
1. Disconnect the electrical connector. holder, turn it counterclockwise and
remove it.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Release the clip and remove the bulb.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
135
Maintenance
Front Fog Lamps Rear Lamps
1
2 1
E174678 E175762
1. Disconnect electrical connector. 1. Remove the screws.

2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise 2. Remove the lamp.
and remove it.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass. 4
3
Daytime Running Lamps (If Equipped)
E175760 4
4. Remove the screws and unclip the bulb
holder.
E265499
1. Disconnect electrical connector.

2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise A
and remove it.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass. B
D
E205819
136
Maintenance
5. Gently press the bulb into the bulb 1. Carefully remove the lamp.
holder, turn it counterclockwise and 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
remove it. and remove it.
A. Brake lamp 3. Remove the bulb.
B. Indicator lamp
C. Reverse lamp Luggage Compartment Lamp,
Footwell Lamp and Liftgate Lamp
D. Tail lamp and Rear fog lamp
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp

Note: These are not serviceable items, see
an authorized dealer if they fail.
License Plate Lamp
3 1
E72784
1. Carefully pry out the lamp.
E72789
2. Remove the bulb.
1. Carefully release the spring clip.
2. Remove the lamp. CHANGING A BULB - 5-DOOR
3. Remove the bulb.
WARNINGS
Interior Lamp Switch the lamps and the ignition off.
Failure to follow this warning could
2 result in serious personal injury.
Bulbs can become hot. Let the bulb
cool down before removing it. Failure
3 to do so could result in personal
injury.
Note: Only fit bulbs of the correct

specification.
1 See Bulb Specification Chart (page 140).
E99452
137
Maintenance
Note: The following instructions describe 3. Release the clip and remove the bulb.
how to remove the bulbs. Fit replacements Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
in the reverse order unless otherwise stated.
Position Lamp
Headlamp
Note: Remove the covers to gain access to
the bulbs.
E265497

E265496 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
A Headlamp low and high beam 3. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb
B Direction indicator counterclockwise to remove it.
C Position lamp Direction Indicator

Headlamp Low and High Beam
E265498

and remove it.
3
E174676 3. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
holder, turn it counterclockwise and
1. Disconnect the electrical connector. remove it.
2. Remove the cover.
138
Maintenance
Front Fog Lamps Rear Lamps
1
2 1
E174678 E174679
1. Disconnect electrical connector. 1. Remove the screws.

2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise 2. Remove the lamp.
and remove it.
4
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
Daytime Running Lamps (If Equipped)

3
E176194 4
4. Remove the screws and unclip the bulb
holder.
E265499
1. Disconnect electrical connector.

A
and remove it.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass. B
D
E174681
139
Maintenance
5. Gently press the bulb into the bulb Interior Lamp

holder, turn it counterclockwise and
remove it.
2
A. Brake lamp
B. Indicator lamp
C. Reverse lamp 3
D. Tail lamp and Rear fog lamp
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp

Note: These are not serviceable items, see
an authorized dealer if they fail. 1
License Plate Lamp
E99452
1. Carefully remove the lamp.

2 and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb.
1 Luggage Compartment Lamp,

3 Footwell Lamp and Liftgate Lamp
E72789
1. Carefully release the spring clip.

2. Remove the lamp.
3. Remove the bulb.
E72784
1. Carefully pry out the lamp.
2. Remove the bulb.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
140
Maintenance
Lamp Specification Power (watt)
Front direction indicator. PY21W 21

Headlamp high beam / Low Beam. H4 55/60
Front position lamp. W5W 5
Daytime running lamp (if equipped). P13W 13
Front fog lamp. H11 55
Rear fog / position lamp. P21/4W 21/4
Rear direction indicator. RY10W 10
Rear stop lamp. P21W 21
Reversing lamp. R10W 10
License plate lamp. W5W 5
Dome Lamp. W6W 6
Luggage compartment lamp. W6W 6
Center high mounted stop lamp. W16W 16
Note: On some vehicles the lamps are LED. Changing the Air Filter Element
These are not serviceable items, please
consult your authorized dealer if they fail. 1. Remove the four screws (if equipped)
or open the two snap fit plastic clamps
(if equipped) that secure the air filter
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR housing cover.
FILTER 2. Carefully separate the two halves of
the air filter housing.
WARNING
3. Remove the air filter element from the
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage air filter housing.
and personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner 4. Wipe the air filter housing and cover
removed and do not remove it while the clean to remove any dirt or debris and
engine is running. to ensure good sealing.
5. Install a new air filter element. Be
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter careful not to crimp the filter element
element may result in severe engine edges between the air filter housing
damage. and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if not properly seated.
141
Maintenance
6. Replace the air filter housing cover and

install the screws (if equipped) or fix
the two snap fit plastic clamps (if
equipped) .
142
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR We recommend that you wash your vehicle

with a sponge and lukewarm water
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or containing a car shampoo.
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo. Cleaning the Headlamps
• Never use strong household detergents Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or soap, for example dish washing or or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
laundry liquid. These products can chemical solvents to clean them.
discolor and spot painted surfaces. Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
• Never wash your vehicle when it is hot they are dry.
to the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight. Cleaning the Rear Window
• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear
terry cloth towel to eliminate water window or use abrasives or chemical
spotting. solvents to clean it.
• Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp
droppings, insect deposits and road tar. chamois leather to clean the inside of the
These may cause damage to your rear window.
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
• Remove any exterior accessories, for Cleaning the Chrome Trim
example antennas, before entering a
car wash. Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical
solvents. Use soapy water.
• When filling with AdBlue®, remove any
residue on painted surfaces Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot
immediately. surfaces and do not leave cleaning product
on chrome surfaces for a period of time
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents exceeding that which is recommended.
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause
possible. damage over a period of time.
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing Cleaning Stripes or Graphics (If
cycle, make sure that you remove the wax Equipped)
from the windshield and the wiper blades.
Note: Prior to using a car wash facility Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
check the suitability of it for your vehicle. however, pressure washing may be used
under the following conditions:
Note: Some car washes use water at high
pressure. Due to this, water droplets may • Do not use water pressure higher than
enter inside your vehicle and could also 14,000 kPa.
damage certain parts of your vehicle. • Do not use water hotter than 82°C.
Note: Remove the aerial before using an • Use a spray with a 40° wide spray
automatic car wash. angle pattern.
Note: Switch the heater blower off to • Keep the nozzle at a 305 mm distance
prevent contamination of the fresh air filter. and 90° angle to your vehicle's surface.
143
Vehicle Care
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle It is recommended to avoid frequent

at an angle to the vehicle's surface may engine washes. However, when you do
damage graphics and cause the edges to wash the engine, be careful not to use
peel away from the vehicle's surface. strong jets of water on the engine. Never
wash a hot or running engine with cold
Body Paintwork Preservation water, because the thermal shock on warm
surfaces may damage the engine. The air
We recommend that you wax the conditioning condenser and the radiator
paintwork once or twice a year. have aluminum fins that may be deformed
Frequently wash the underbody of your when washed with high-pressure water
vehicle if salt is applied on the road. jets. To avoid damages, wash only with
low-pressure water jets.
Note: Do not polish your vehicle in strong
sunshine. Note: Do not spill water, soap, or any other
product on the generator and the starter
Note: Do not allow polish to touch plastic
motor. They may be damaged from the
surfaces. It could be difficult to remove.
contact with liquids.
Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield
When washing:
or rear window. This could cause the wipers
to become noisy and they may not clear the • Take care when using a power washer
window properly. to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
CLEANING THE ENGINE • Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
Note: Due to the different materials found
block or other engine components.
in the engine compartment, avoid using
chemical cleaning products, aggressive • Never wash or rinse the engine while it
detergents, degreasers, and acid or alkaline is hot or running; water in the running
products that, due to their corrosive action, engine may cause internal damage.
may be aggressive to certain components. • Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
Water steam cleaning should also be spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
avoided. the area in and around these locations.
Note: During the engine compartment • Cover the battery, power distribution
wash, do not remove the transparent label box and air filter assembly to prevent
that protects the VIN code. Engine oil, brake water damage when cleaning the
fluid, radiator additive, batteries and tires engine.
should be packed and stored in facilities
especially prepared for handling industrial
waste. Do not dispose of these items in CLEANING THE INTERIOR
public sewer systems or with domestic
garbage. Environment preservation is a Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand
responsibility shared by all. You too should sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a
do your share. spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage
may not be covered by your warranty.
144
Vehicle Care
Note: Do not use household cleaning Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate
products or glass cleaners, which can stain the seatbelt retractor mechanism.
and discolor the fabric and affect the flame Cleaning may safely be carried out using
retardant abilities of the seat materials. mild soap and water. Let them dry
Note: We recommend distilled water when naturally, away from artificial heat.
cleaning.
Leather Interior (If Equipped)
Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats,
Headliners and Floor Mats Follow the same procedure as cleaning
leather seats for cleaning leather
Note: Avoid soaking any surface. Do not instrument panels and leather interior trim
use excessive amounts of water to clean surfaces.
the vehicle interior.
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped)
the entire surface. Note: Do not steam clean.
To clean: Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a the entire surface.
vacuum cleaner or brush.
Do not use the following products:
• Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
• Leather care products.
cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft • Household cleaners.
cloth. • Alcoholic solutions.
• If a ring forms on the fabric after spot • Spot removers.
cleaning, clean the entire area • Shoe polish.
immediately, but do not soak or the
ring will set. To clean:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
Seatbelts vacuum cleaner.
WARNINGS • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach cloth and a mild soap and water
or dye on the vehicle's seatbelts, as solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
these actions may weaken the belt cloth.
webbing. • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
On vehicles equipped with immediately, but do not soak or the
seat-mounted airbags, do not use ring will set.
chemical solvents or strong
detergents. Such products could Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
contaminate the side airbag system and Screens and Radio Screens
affect performance of the side airbag in a
crash. Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or
solvents to clean them. radio screens. These cleaning products can
damage the screens.
145
Vehicle Care
Clean the instrument panel and cluster CLEANING THE WHEELS

lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
these areas. warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Do not spray any liquid directly onto the Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
screens. cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in
Do not use a microfiber cloth to clean the combination with brush agitation to remove
bezel around the display screens as it could brake dust and dirt, could wear away the
damage the surface. clear coat finish over a period of time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
Rear Windows or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
clean the interior of the rear windows. Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the an extended period after cleaning the
interior of the rear windows. wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
Storage Compartments, Cup This will reduce the risk of increased
Holders and Ashtrays corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and
linings.
To clean:
Note: Some automatic car washes may
• Take out any removable inserts. cause damage to the finish on your wheel
• Wipe the surface with a soft, damp rims and covers.
cloth and a mild soap and water Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
cloth. their condition we recommend that you:
• Clean them weekly with the
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
DAMAGE • Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
You should repair paintwork damage accumulation.
caused by stones from the road or minor • Rinse them thoroughly with a
scratches as soon as possible. A choice of pressurized stream of water when you
products are available from an authorized have completed the cleaning process.
dealer.
We recommend that you use Ford service
Remove particles such as bird droppings, wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read
tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road and follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
salt and industrial fallout before repairing
paint chips. Using other non-recommended cleaning
products can result in severe and
Always read and follow the manufacturer’s permanent cosmetic damage.
instructions before using the products.
146
Vehicle Care
VEHICLE STORAGE Engine

• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
storage because used engine oil
days or more, read the following
contains contaminates which may
maintenance recommendations to make
cause engine damage.
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition. • Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
We engineer and test all motor vehicles with the climate controls set to defrost
and their components for reliable, regular until the engine reaches normal
driving. Under various conditions, operating temperature.
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you • With your foot on the brake, shift
use specific precautions to preserve engine through all the gears while the engine
components. is running.
• We recommend that you change the
General engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place. Fuel system
• Protect from sunlight, if possible.
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
• If vehicles are stored outside, they until the maximum of the third
require regular maintenance to protect automatic shutoff of the fuel pump
against rust and damage. nozzle.
Body Cooling system
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to • Protect against freezing temperatures.
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing • When removing your vehicle from
and the underside of front fenders. storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is system leaks and that fluid is at the
stored in exposed locations. recommended level.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust. Battery
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts • Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent connections clean.
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle. • If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage we recommend that you disconnect
compartment hinges and latches with the battery cables to maintain battery
a light grade oil. charge for quick starting.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading. Note: It is necessary to reset memory
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and features if battery cables are disconnected.
solvents.
147
Vehicle Care
Brakes Contact an authorized dealer if you have

any concerns or issues.
• Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
• Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under your vehicle are covered
with grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 7.5 m every 15
days to lubricate working parts and
prevent corrosion.
Removing Vehicle From Storage

When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 4.5 m back and forth to
remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
148
Wheels and Tires
GENERAL INFORMATION If you feel a vibration or ride disturbance

while driving, or suspect your tire or vehicle
Your vehicle may have an adhesive label is damaged, reduce speed immediately.
with tire pressure data, located in the Drive with caution until you can get off the
driver’s door opening. road safely. Stop and check for damage
to the tires. If a tire is damaged or deflated,
Check and set the tire pressure when the remove the wheel and replace it with the
tires are cold. spare wheel.
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to
optimize fuel economy. Alignment
Note: Use only approved wheel and tire A bad jolt from hitting the edge of the
sizes. Using other sizes could damage your sidewalk or a pothole can cause the front
vehicle. tires to become misaligned or damaged.
If your vehicle seems to pull to one side
Note: If you change the diameter of the tires while driving, the wheels may have lost
from the tires fitted at the factory, the alignment. Have an authorized dealer
speedometer may not display the correct periodically check the wheel alignment.
speed. Misalignment of the front or rear wheels
Note: If you intend to change the diameter can cause uneven or rapid tire wear and
of the tires from the tires fitted at the must be corrected by an authorized
factory, ask your authorized dealer about dealer.The driving wheels and vehicles with
the fit. an independent rear suspension may
require alignment of the four wheels.
TIRE CARE An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly
may result in uneven tire wear.
Note: When parked next to a curb, do not Note: Tire failure due to a lack of alignment
touch the tire sidewall. or balance is not covered under warranty.
If you have to park on a hill, do so slowly Note: Alignment and balance is the
and with the wheels at right angles with responsibility of the owner of the vehicle.
respect to the curb.
Check treads regularly for cuts, foreign Tire Wear
bodies or irregular wear. Uneven wear may
indicate that the wheel is not aligned with
the specification.
Check the tire pressure (including the
spare) when they are cold, once every two
weeks or before starting a journey.
Risks on the Road

No matter how carefully you drive, there is
always the possibility that you may have
a flat tire on the road. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area, away from traffic. This E142546
may further damage the deflated tire, but
your safety is more important.
149
Wheels and Tires
When the tread is worn down to one To make sure the front and rear tires of
sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters), tires your vehicle wear evenly and last longer,
must be replaced to help prevent your we recommend that you swap the tires
vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. from front to rear and vice versa at regular
Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, intervals between 5,000 km and
which look like narrow strips of smooth 10,000 km.
rubber across the tread will appear on the
tire when the tread is worn down to one WARNING
sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters). Do not scrub the sidewalls of the
When the tire tread wears down to the tires when you are parking.
same height as these wear bars, the tire is
worn out and must be replaced. If you have to mount a curb, do so slowly
and approach it with the wheels at
Tire Rotation right-angles to the curb.
Note: Front tires shown on the left side of Examine the tires regularly for cuts, foreign
the diagram. objects and uneven wear of the tread.
Non-directional tires Uneven wear could mean that the wheel
alignment is outside specification.
Check the tire pressures (including the
spare) when cold, every two weeks.
RESETTING THE TIRE

PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (If Equipped)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset Procedure
E142547
Overview
Directional tires
You must carry out the system reset
procedure after each tire replacement or
adjustment of the tire pressures.
To maintain your vehicle load carrying
capability, your vehicle may require
different tire pressures in the front
compared to the rear. In these cases, the
system illuminates the warning lamp at
different pressures for the front and rear
tires.
E70415
150
Wheels and Tires
If the tires are rotated, you need to reset WARNINGS

the system in order to relearn the positions Only fit snow chains to specified
of the tire pressure sensors. The system tires.
cannot tell which position a tire pressure
sensor is in, and assumes you have set the
tire pressures correctly. If the spare wheel is the same type and
size as your vehicle road wheel, you can fit
Performing the Reset Procedure the spare wheel and continue to drive in
the normal manner.
To reset the tire pressure monitoring
system for vehicles with: TPMS Console If the spare wheel is not the same type and
reset switch: size as your vehicle road wheel, it has a
label showing the maximum driving speed
1. Switch the ignition on. limit.
2. Press the reset switch on the console,
Refer to the following information before
the indicator lamp on the cluster will
changing the road wheel.
flash when reset and you will hear a
chime when the system reset Note: Your vehicle may exhibit some
successfully. different driving characteristics if you fit the
spare wheel.
To reset the tire pressure monitoring
system for vehicles with TRIP button Note: The ground clearance of your vehicle
reset switch: may be reduced when the spare wheel is
fitted. Take care when parking next to a
1. Switch the ignition on. curb.
2. Navigate to the tire monitor menu in Note: The spare wheel is located under the
the information display. floor cover in the luggage compartment.
3. Press and hold the TRIP button on the Note: If the spare wheel is fitted to your
indicator lamp lever until a vehicle, do not drive through an automatic
confirmation message appears. car wash.
Note: If the spare wheel is fitted to your
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL vehicle, drive the shortest possible distance.
Vehicles With a Spare Wheel Note: Use the hook at the hexagonal end
to remove the wheel trim.
WARNINGS Note: Drive with caution and do not exceed
Drive the shortest possible distances. 80 km/h.
Note: Reinstall a standard road wheel as
Do not fit more than one spare wheel soon as possible.
on your vehicle at any one time.
Vehicles Without a Spare Wheel
Do not carry out any tire repairs on a
spare wheel. Vehicles without a spare wheel are fitted
with a temporary mobility kit.
If you are not sure what type of spare Note: Vehicles with a temporary mobility
wheel your vehicle has, do not kit do not have a spare wheel, vehicle jack
exceed 80 km/h. or wheel brace.
151
Wheels and Tires
Jacking and Lifting Points WARNING

You must use the specified jacking
points.
E92658
A Emergency use only. Change the wheel

B Maintenance. WARNINGS
The jack should be used on level firm
ground wherever possible.
Switch the ignition off and apply the
park brake fully before lifting vehicle.
It is recommended that the wheels
of the vehicle be chocked, and that
no person should remain in a vehicle
that is being jacked.
No person should place any portion
of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
E266585
152
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS Note: No maintenance or additional

The jack supplied with this vehicle is lubrication of your jack is required over the
only intended for changing wheels. service life of your vehicle.
Do not use the vehicle jack other
than when you are changing a wheel in an
emergency.
Check that the vehicle jack is not
damaged or deformed and the
thread is lubricated and clean.
Park your vehicle so that you do not
obstruct the flow of traffic or place
yourself in any danger and set up a
warning triangle.
Never place anything between the E267050
vehicle jack and the ground.

1. Park the vehicle on a level firm ground
Never place anything between the and activate the hazard flashers.
vehicle jack and your vehicle.
2. Apply the parking brake, place the
transmission in park(P). For vehicles
When changing between summer and with a manual transmission, place the
winter tires, use a hydraulic floor jack. transmission in reverse(R), switch the
ignition off and set up a warning
triangle.
E166722
Note: When jacking your vehicle, you will

need to rotate the wheel brace 180 degrees,
pivot the wheel brace back to the original
position before rotating again. E175447
3. Block both the front and rear of the

wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire.
For example, if the left front tire is flat,
block the right rear wheel.
4. Remove the spare tire, jack and
wrench.
E181744
153
Wheels and Tires
E175694 E266556
5. Remove lug wrench from the jack, turn WARNING

the hex nut on the jack
counterclockwise. This will lower the Use only the specified jacking points.
jack and loosen the mechanical lock. If you use other positions, you may
damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or the
fuel lines.
7. Place the jack at the jacking point next

to the tire which you are changing. Turn
the wrench clockwise until the wheel
is completely off the ground.
1
8. Remove the Lug nuts with the lug
wrench.
9. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire,
making sure the valve stem is facing
outward. Reinstall lug nuts until the
wheel is snug against the hub. Do not
2 fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel
has been lowered.
E181745
6. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half

turn counterclockwise but do not
remove them until the wheel is raised
off the ground.
154
Wheels and Tires
11. To store the folded wrench on the

3 jack, engage the bracket of the jack
base on the wrench feature as shown.
Swing the wrench upward and adjust
the height of the jack until the pin
engages the hole. Tighten the hex nut
1 2 clockwise by hand until secure.
4
E176165
E90589
12. Return the jack kit and flat tire. Make
10. Lower the vehicle completely. sure the jack is fastened so it does
Remove the jack and fully tighten the not rattle when you drive.
lug nuts in the order shown.
13. Unblock the wheel and put the
warning triangle back.
TIRE PRESSURES
Recommended Tire Pressure for Road Wheels

Tire Size Normal Load Full Load
Front Rear Front Rear

175/65R14 2.2 bar 2.1 bar 2.4 bar 2.4 bar
82T/H
195/55R15 2.1 bar 2.1 bar 2.4 bar 2.4 bar
85H
185/60R15 2.2 bar 2.1 bar 2.4 bar 2.4 bar
84H
155
Wheels and Tires
Recommended Tire Pressure for Spare Tire

Tire Size Normal Load Full Load
Front Rear Front Rear

175/65R14 2.4 bar 2.4 bar 2.4 bar 2.4 bar
82T/H
Only tires with a speed rating of T or above are allowed to use for your vehicle.
Snow Chains are not approved for use for your vehicle.
156
Wheels and Tires
LUG NUTS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque

Wheel Type Nm
All 120–146 Nm
157
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 1.2L TIVCT
Item Specification
Engine position Front mount/transverse

Engine type 1.2L Ti-VCT
Number and arrangement of cylinders In-line 3 cylinder
Actuation Ti-VCT
Cylinder bore 84 mm
Stroke 72 mm
Compression ratio 11.2 : 1
Displacement 1,194 cm³
Engine output 95 PS
Maximum torque 120 Nm
Fuel type Gasoline
Maximum engine speed 6750 rpm
Engine speed at idle 800 ± 50 rpm
Fuel system PFI
Firing order 1-2-3
Ignition system Electronic
Air induction type Naturally aspirated engine
158
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 1.5L TIVCT
Item Specification

Engine type 1.5L Ti-VCT
Actuation Ti-VCT
Cylinder bore 84 mm
Stroke 90 mm
Compression ratio 11:1
Engine output 120 PS
Fuel type Gasoline
Engine speed at idle 850 ± 100 rpm
Fuel system PFI
Firing order 1-2-3
Ignition system Electronic
Air induction type Naturally aspirated engine
159
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 1.5L TDCI
Item Specification

Engine type 1.5L DV5
Valves 2 per cylinder
Actuation SOHC
Cylinder bore 73.5 mm
Stroke 88.3 mm
Compression ratio 16:1
Engine output 100 PS
Fuel type Diesel
Engine speed at idle 780 rpm
Fuel system Common rail direct injection
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Ignition system Compression
Air induction type Turbocharged Intercooled
160
WEIGHTS
4 Door
Engine and 1.2L TIVCT 1.5L TDCI 1.5L TIVCT

Transmis- (5 Speed Manual Trans- (5 Speed Manual (Automatic Trans-
sion mission) Transmission) mission)
Vehicle Curb 1,004–1,043 kg 1,040–1,079 kg 1,098–1,103 kg
1
Weight .
Gross Vehicle 1,460 kg 1,480 kg 1,490 kg
2
Weight .
5 Door
Engine and 1.2L TIVCT 1.5L TDCI 1.5L TIVCT

Transmis- (5 Speed Manual Trans- (5 Speed Manual (Automatic
sion mission) Transmission) Transmission)
Vehicle Curb 997–1,027 kg 1,027–1,057 kg 1,073–1,078 kg
1
Weight .
Gross Vehicle 1,450 kg 1,450 kg 1,470 kg
2
Weight .
Active
Engine and Transmission 1.2L TIVCT 1.5L TDCI

(5 Speed Manual Trans- (5 Speed Manual Trans-
mission) mission)
Vehicle Curb Weight .

1 1,026–1,044 kg 1,062–1,080 kg
Gross Vehicle Weight .

2 1,460 kg 1,460 kg
1
Weight of complete vehicle with standard equipment and all fluids filled to capacity
without occupants, optional equipment, payload or luggage.
2
Vehicle Curb Weight + Maximum. occupants + All available features + Guaranteed
3
Cargo .
3
The amount of cargo, luggage or other payload, you can carry when maximum passengers
are present.
161
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - 4-DOOR
D
A
E
B
E203607
162
Item Dimension description Dimension
A Maximum length 3,995 mm

B Overall width including exterior mirrors with side 1,911 mm
repeaters
B Overall width including exterior mirrors without 1,899 mm
side repeaters
C Overall height 1,528 mm
D Wheelbase 2,490 mm
E Front track 1,465–1,485 mm
E Rear track 1,447–1,467 mm
Capacities
Item Capacity
Luggage compartment 359 L
163
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - 5-DOOR
D
A
E
B
A Maximum length 3,941 mm

B Overall width including exterior mirrors with side 1,911 mm
repeaters
B Overall width including exterior mirrors without 1,899 mm
side repeaters
164
C Overall height 1,525 mm

D Wheelbase 2,490 mm
E Front track 1,465–1,485 mm
E Rear track 1,447–1,467 mm
Capacities
Item Capacity
Luggage compartment 257 L
165
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION Note: Your vehicle identification plate

design may vary to that shown.
PLATE
Note: The information shown on the vehicle
identification plate is dependent upon
market requirements.
B C D E
A G
I
E135662
A Model
B Variant
C Engine designation
D Engine power and emission level
E Vehicle identification number
F Gross vehicle weight
G Gross train weight
H Maximum front axle weight
I Maximum rear axle weight
Your vehicle identification number and

maximum weights are shown on a plate,
located at the bottom of the lock side of
the right-hand door aperture.
E163915
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION On the left-hand side of the instrument

panel.
NUMBER
You can find the vehicle identification
number at the following locations.
166
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 1.2L TIVCT
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant
system contains refrigerant under
high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system can
E163913 cause personal injury.
Stamped into the floor panel on the

right-hand side, in front of the front seat.
Capacities
Item Capacity
Engine oil - including the oil filter 4.8 L

Engine oil - excluding the oil filter 4.65 L
Engine coolant 6.3 L
Fuel tank 42 L
Windshield and rear window washer reservoir 2.5 L
A/C Refrigerant 0.54 kg
A/C Refrigerant oil 130 ml
Specifications
Adding Engine Oil
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
Quantity specification and viscosity grade.
0.6 L Note: Use of other fluids may lead to
damage not covered by your vehicle
Quantity of engine oil required to raise the warranty.
indicated level on the dipstick from
minimum to maximum.
167
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 WSS-M2C948-A
Manual Transmission Fluid - SAE 75W WSS-M2C200-D2
Antifreeze WSS-M97B44-D
Brake Fluid - DOT 4 WSS-M6C65-A2
Windshield Washer Fluid WSS-M14P19-A
Refrigerant - R-134A WSH-M17B19-A
Refrigerant Oil WSH-M1C231-B
Only use fluid that meets Ford • Reduced engine performance.

specifications. • Reduced fuel economy.
If you are unable to find an engine oil that • Reduced brake performance.
meets the specification defined by
WSS-M2C948-A (petrol engines only), it
is acceptable to use a SAE 5W-30 engine CAPACITIES AND
oil that is defined by ACEA A5/B5. SPECIFICATIONS - 1.5L TIVCT
Note: Do not use more than 1 L between
scheduled service intervals. WARNING
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets The air conditioning refrigerant
the defined specification and viscosity system contains refrigerant under
grade, it could result in: high pressure. Only qualified
• Component damage which may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods. cause personal injury.
• Increased emission levels.
Capacities
Item Capacity
Engine oil - including the oil filter 3.65 L

Engine oil - excluding the oil filter 3.5 L
Engine coolant 6.3 L
Fuel tank 42 L
168
Item Capacity
Windshield and rear window washer reservoir 2.5 L

A/C Refrigerant 0.54 kg
A/C Refrigerant oil 130 ml
Specifications
Adding Engine Oil
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
Quantity specification and viscosity grade.
0.6 L Note: Use of other fluids may lead to
damage not covered by your vehicle
Quantity of engine oil required to raise the warranty.
minimum to maximum.
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-30 WSS-M2C913-D
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 WSS-M2C948-B
Manual Transmission Fluid - SAE 75W WSS-M2C200-D2
Automatic Transmission Fluid WSS-M2C949-A
Antifreeze WSS-M97B44-D
Brake Fluid - DOT 4 WSS-M6C65-A2
Windshield Washer Fluid WSS-M14P19-A
Refrigerant - R-134A WSH-M17B19-A
Refrigerant Oil WSH-M1C231-B
Note: Do not use more than 1 L between

scheduled service intervals.
specifications.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
If you are unable to find an engine oil that
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
WSS-M2C913-D or WSS-M2C948-B
(petrol engines only), it is acceptable to • Component damage which may not be
use a SAE 5W-30 engine oil that is defined covered by the vehicle Warranty.
by ACEA A5/B5. • Longer engine cranking periods.
169
• Reduced engine performance. CAPACITIES AND

• Reduced fuel economy. SPECIFICATIONS - 1.5L TDCI
• Reduced brake performance.
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant
system contains refrigerant under
high pressure. Only qualified
cause personal injury.
Capacities
Item Capacity
Engine oil - including the oil filter. 3.8 L

Engine oil - excluding the oil filter. 3.4 L
Engine coolant. 5.8 L
Fuel tank. 40 L
Windshield and rear window washer reservoir. 2.5 L
A/C Refrigerant. 0.47 kg
A/C Refrigerant oil. 130 ml
Adding Engine Oil

Quantity
1.5 L
Quantity of engine oil required to raise the

minimum to maximum.
Specifications
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-30. WSS-M2C913-D
Manual Transmission Fluid - SAE 75W. WSS-M2C200-D2
170
Automatic Transmission Fluid. WSS-M2C924-A

Antifreeze. WSS-M97B44-D
Brake Fluid - DOT 4. WSS-M6C65-A2
Windshield Washer Fluid. WSS-M14P19-A
Refrigerant - R-134A. WSH-M17B19-A
Refrigerant Oil. WSH-M1C231-B

specifications.
If you are unable to find an engine oil that
WSS-M2C913-D, it is acceptable to use a
SAE 5W-30 engine oil that is defined by
ACEA A5/B5.
Using oil and fluids that do not meet the
defined specification and viscosity grade
may lead to:
• Component damage which may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
171
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
Radio reception factors
Distance and Strength The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker
the signal and the weaker the reception.
Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Station overload When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger
signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interfer-
ence in the audio system.
Note: The touchscreen system controls

most of the audio features.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
See SYNC™ 3 (page 179).
SYNC 3
WARNING
172
Audio System
E264563
A VOL: Turn the control to adjust E Pausing or Playing Media: In

the volume. radio mode, press the button to
mute the signal. Press the button
B Power: Press to switch the again to restore the signal.
system on and off.
In media mode, press the button
C Sound Settings: Press the to pause playback. Press the
button to adjust the sound button again to resume
settings. You can also activate playback.
and set the sensitivity of the
adaptive or speed compensated F Seek Up and Next Track: In
volume. radio mode, select a frequency
band and press this button. The
D Seek Down and Previous system stops at the first station
Track: In radio mode, select a up the band. Press and hold the
frequency band and press this button to move quickly, then
button. The system stops at the release to stop at the next
first station down the band. available station.
Press and hold the button to
move quickly, then release to In media mode, press the button
stop at the previous available to select the next track. Press
station. and hold the button to move
quickly forward through the
In media mode, press the button current track.
to select the previous track.
Press and hold the button to
move quickly backward through
the current track.
173
Audio System
G Switch the Screen On and Off AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:

H TUNE: In radio mode, turn to AM/FM/BLUETOOTH
search the frequency band in
individual increments. Press to WARNING
mute the station. In media mode, Driving while distracted can result in
turn to select a new track. loss of vehicle control, crash and
Note: Depending on your vehicle option

package, your system may look different
from what you see here.
E264245
A Volume. D Media.
B Power. E Seek Down and Previous Track.
C Radio. F Pausing or Playing Media.
174
Audio System
G Seek Up and Next Track. Seek Down and Previous Track

H Sound Settings. In radio mode, select a frequency band and
press this button. The system stops at the
I System Settings. first station down the band. Press and hold
J OK Button. the button to move quickly, then release
to stop at the previous available station.
K TUNE.
In media mode, press the button to select
L Previous Screen.
the previous track. Press and hold the
M End phone call. button to move quickly backward through
N Number block. the current track.
O Answer or make phone call. Note: Bluetooth® mode does not support
this feature.
P Voice recognition.
Pausing or Playing Media
Volume In radio mode, press the button to mute
Turn the control to adjust the volume. the station. Press the button again to
restore the station.
Power In media mode, press the button to pause
Press to switch the system on and off. playback. Press the button again to resume
playback.
Radio
Seek Up and Next Track
Press the button to select radio mode.
Repeatedly press the button, or rotate the In radio mode, select a frequency band and
right-hand rotary control to scroll through press this button. The system stops at the
the available radio sources. first station up the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly, then release
Selecting a Radio Source to stop at the next available station.
Press the button to display the available In media mode, press the button to select
radio sources. Repeatedly press the button the next track. Press and hold the button
to scroll through the available radio to move quickly forward through the
sources. current track.
Press the OK button to select preferred Note: Bluetooth mode does not support
radio source. this feature.
Media Sound Settings
Press the button to select media mode. Press the button to adjust the sound
Repeatedly press the button, or rotate the settings. You can also activate and set the
right-hand rotary control to scroll through sensitivity of the adaptive or speed
the available media sources. compensated volume.
System Settings
Press to access various system settings
such as clock and Bluetooth pairing.
175
Audio System
Connecting a Bluetooth Device Tune

Press the settings button. Select Bluetooth In radio mode, turn to search the frequency
and follow the instructions on the screen. band in individual increments. In media
Note: When pairing a new device, you can mode, turn to select a new track.
choose to download contacts, set this as
Changing Stations
the primary device and enable Emergency
Assistance if available.
Traffic Information Control (if

equipped)
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
waveband have a TP code to signify that
they carry traffic program information.
Turning TA (traffic announcement) On
and Off
Press the settings button. Scroll using the
right-hand rotary control and select TA.
If you are listening to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP also
E267127
displays. Otherwise, the unit searches for
a traffic program.
A Turn to Manually Tune.
Traffic information broadcasts
automatically interrupt normal radio or B Press for Station Name Tuning.
USB playback and appear in the display. Note: You can change between auto or
If you select a non-traffic station using a manual tuning with the rotary control using
preset button, the audio unit remains on the system settings.
that station unless you switch TA off, then Previous Screen
on again.
Note: TA is disabled by default. Press to return to the previous screen.
Note: If TA is on and you select a preset or End Phone Call
manual tune to a non-TA station, you do
not hear a traffic announcement. Press to end an active phone call.
Note: When you are listening to a non-TA Number Block
station and switch traffic announcement
on and off again, a TP seek occurs. In radio mode, store and recall your favorite
radio stations. To store a radio station, tune
OK Button to the station, then press and hold a preset
button until sound returns.
Press the button to confirm menu
selection. In media mode, press to either Station Presets
play or pause a track.
To store a radio station, press and hold one
of the numeric preset buttons.
176
Audio System
Note: You can store six presets for each STREAMING BLUETOOTH
radio source.
AUDIO
Answer or Make Phone Call
Selecting a Bluetooth Source
Using a Cell Phone
Press the button to display the
Press the button to make a call from recent menu.
call list, contact list or dial a number . E100027
Repeatedly press the button to scroll to

Menu the Bluetooth device.
Recent Calls Press the OK button.
Contacts Press the button to play the
track. Press the button again to
Keypad pause the track.
Press the button to skip to the
Dial a Number next track.
Menu Action Press and hold the button to fast
forward through the track.
Keypad Select the menu using the
OK button. Press the button once to return
to the beginning of the track.
Select numbers using the Repeatedly press the button to
tuning control and OK return to previous tracks.
button. Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
Select phone option on the Note: Not all functions are supported by all
display or press phone phones.
button on the radio bezel.
PLAYING MEDIA FROM A USB
Voice Recognition
DEVICE
This system allows you to use the voice
recognition features of your phone and Track and Folder Format
focus on your driving. Press and hold the
voice control button. You can play audio file formats including
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
Note: This only works when connected via FLAC.
Bluetooth.
Note: The NTFS file system is not
supported.
Selecting the USB Device

Press the button to display the
menu.
E100027
177
Audio System
Repeatedly press the button to scroll to USB PORT

your USB device.
Press the OK button.
Playing from the USB Device
Press the button to play a track.
Press the button again to pause
the track.
Press the button to skip to the
next track.
Press and hold the button to fast
forward through the track.
Press the button once to return
to the beginning of a track.
Repeatedly press the button to
E267129
return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind. The USB port allows you to charge devices.
Insert to play audio from a compatible
Sorting by Categories external device or memory stick. See
Center Console (page 73).
You can also sort and play music by
specific categories, for example artist or
album.
MEDIA HUB
Press the OK button to view the available
categories.
E207805
It is in the center console.
178
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
GENERAL INFORMATION Using the Touchscreen
WARNING
voice-operated systems when possible. E224960

local laws that may affect the use of A Status bar.
B Home screen. See Home
Screen (page 184).
About SYNC
C Clock. See Settings (page 204).
The system allows you to interact with the D Outside air temperature.
entertainment, information and
communication systems on your vehicle E Feature bar.
using voice commands and a touchscreen.
The system provides easy interaction with Status Bar
audio, phone, navigation, mobile apps and
settings.
Note: You can switch the system on and
use it for up to an hour without switching
the ignition on.
Note: You can use the system after you
switch the ignition off for up to 10 minutes
or until you open a door.
Note: For your safety, some features are
speed-dependent. Their use is limited to E224961
when your vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h.

A Left-hand side temperature.
B Heated steering wheel on.
C Right-hand side temperature.
D Cell phone microphone muted.
E Audio system muted.
F Software update installed.
G Wi-Fi connected.
179
H Wi-Fi networks available. Emergency Assistance

I Cell phone roaming. WARNINGS
J Text message received. Unless the Emergency Assistance
setting is on prior to a collision, the
K Emergency Assistance off. system does not attempt to place
L Bluetooth connection active. an emergency call. This could delay the
response time, increasing the risk of serious
M Cell phone network signal injury or death.
strength.
Do not wait for Emergency
Note: Messages also appear in the status Assistance to make an emergency
bar. Select the message to use the call if you can do it yourself. Dial
associated feature. emergency services immediately to avoid
a delayed response time. If you do not hear
Emergency Assistance within five seconds
Feature Bar
of the crash, the system or cell phone may
Select to use the radio, the CD be damaged or non-functional.
player, a USB, a media player or Always place your phone in a secure
a Bluetooth device. See location in your vehicle so it does not
Entertainment (page 191). become a projectile or get damaged
Select to use the climate in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
controls. serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent Emergency
Note: Not available through the system on Assistance from working properly.
all models. For this feature to work, your mobile
Select to make calls and access phone must be Bluetooth-enabled
the phonebook on your cell and compatible with the system.
phone. See Phone (page 196).
Note: Before setting the feature on, please
Select to use the navigation read the important notice about the
system. See General Emergency Assistance feature and the
Information (page 179). Emergency Assistance privacy notice later
Select to search for and use in this section for important information.
compatible apps on your iOS or Note: When you switch Emergency
Android device. See Apps (page Assistance on or off, the settings apply to
202). all paired mobile phones. If you switch
Emergency Assistance off and a previously
Select to adjust system settings. paired phone connects when you switch the
See Settings (page 204). ignition on, either a voice message plays, a
display message or icon is shown or both.
Cleaning the Touchscreen Note: Every mobile phone operates
See Cleaning the Interior (page 144). differently. While Emergency Assistance
works with most mobile phones, some
mobile phones may experience difficulties
using this feature.
180
If a crash deploys an airbag or triggers the • A connected cell phone must have
fuel pump shut off, the system may adequate network coverage, battery
contact emergency services by dialing 112 power and signal strength.
(the wireless emergency number that • Your vehicle must have battery power.
works in most European countries) through
a paired and connected cell phone. For Note: This feature only works in a country
more information, visit the regional Ford or region where Emergency Assistance can
website. call the local emergency services. For more
information, visit the regional Ford website.
Note: In case of an emergency, Emergency
Assistance, as a means of communication In the Event of a Crash
aid, can help you contact specific rescue
departments of public security. Emergency Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or
Assistance does not implement the rescue triggers the fuel pump shut off, which may
operations. The local public security turn on Emergency Assistance. However, if
department deploys specific rescue Emergency Assistance is triggered, the
operations according to the actual situation. system tries to contact the emergency
services. If a connected cell phone sustains
See Supplementary Restraints System damage or loses connection to the system,
(page 18). Important information it searches for and tries to connect to any
regarding airbag deployment is in this available previously paired cell phone. The
chapter. system attempts to dial 112.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 109).
Important information regarding the fuel Before Making a Call
pump shut-off is in this chapter. • If you do not cancel the call and SYNC
To switch Emergency Assistance on and makes a successful call, an
off please view the settings information. introductory message plays for the
See Settings (page 204). emergency operator. After this
message, there is hands-free
To make sure that Emergency Assistance communication between your vehicle's
works correctly: occupants and the operator.
• The system must have power and be • The system provides a short window
working correctly at the time of the of time (approximately 10 seconds) to
crash and during feature activation and cancel the call. If you do not cancel the
use. call, the system attempts to dial 112.
• You must switch on the feature before • The system plays a message letting
a crash. you know when it attempts to make an
• You must have a cell phone connected emergency call. You can cancel the call
to the system. by selecting the relevant button or by
• In certain countries, it may be pressing the end call button on the
necessary to have a valid and steering wheel.
registered SIM card with credit in order
to place and maintain an emergency
call.
• A connected cell phone must have the
ability to make and maintain an
outgoing call at the time of the crash.
181
During a Call Note: The emergency operator may also

receive information from the cellular
• Emergency Assistance uses your
network such as cell phone number, cell
vehicle GPS or cellular network
phone location and cell phone carrier name
information when available to
independent from Emergency Assistance.
determine the most appropriate
language to use. It alerts the Emergency Assistance may not work
emergency operator of the crash and if:
delivers the introductory message. This
may include your vehicle GPS • Your cell phone or Emergency
coordinates. Assistance hardware sustains damage
• The language the system uses to in the crash.
interact with the occupants of your • The vehicle battery or the system has
vehicle may differ from the language no power.
used to deliver information to the • A crash ejects your cell phone from
emergency operator. your vehicle.
• After the delivery of the introductory • You do not have a valid and registered
message the voice line opens so that SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
you can speak hands-free with the
emergency operator. • You are in a country or region where
the Emergency Assistance cannot
• When the line is connected, you must place the call. For more information,
be prepared to provide your name, visit the regional Ford website.
phone number and location
information immediately. Important Information About
Note: While the system provides Emergency Assistance
information to the emergency operator, the Emergency Assistance does not currently
system plays a message letting you know call emergency services in the following
it is sending important information. It then countries:
lets you know when the line is open to start
hands-free communication. • Albania.
• Armenia.
Note: During an Emergency Assistance call,
an emergency priority screen appears which • Azerbaijan.
contains vehicle GPS coordinates when • Belarus.
available. • Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Note: It is possible that GPS location • Georgia.
information is not available at the time of
the crash; in this case, Emergency • Macedonia.
Assistance will still attempt to place an • Moldova.
emergency call. • Netherlands.
Note: It is possible that the emergency • Russia.
services will not receive the GPS • Ukraine.
coordinates; in this case, hands-free
communication with an emergency operator
is available.
182
Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice Updating the System

When you switch on Emergency Updating the System Using a USB Drive
Assistance, it may disclose to emergency
services that your vehicle has been in a Downloading an Update
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut 1. Go to the SYNC update page on the
off. This feature has the capability to regional Ford website.
disclose your location information to the 2. Download the update.
emergency operator or other details about Note: The website notifies you if an update
your vehicle or crash to provide the most is available.
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do 3. Insert a USB drive into your computer.
not switch on the feature. Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and
meet the minimum requirements detailed
Safety Information on the website.
WARNING 4. Follow the instructions provided to
download the update to the USB drive.
loss of vehicle control, crash and Installing an Update
you use extreme caution when using any Note: You can use the system when an
device that may take your focus off the installation is in progress.
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe 1. Disconnect all other USB devices from
operation of your vehicle. We recommend the USB ports.
while driving and encourage the use of 2. Connect the USB drive with the update
voice-operated systems when possible. to a USB port.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable Note: Installation starts automatically
local laws that may affect the use of within 10 minutes.
Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi
Network Connection
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. Have an authorized dealer Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network
check your vehicle.
Select the settings option on the
• Do not operate playing devices if the feature bar.
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere Select System Wi-Fi.
with the operation of pedals, seats, Select Available Wi-Fi Networks.
compartments or safe driving abilities.
Select an available Wi-Fi network.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it Note: Enter the network password to
could cause them damage. See your connect to a secure network.
device's user guide for further
information.
183
Switching Automatic System Updates may contain data about your cellular
On phone book, text messages (read and
Select the settings option on the unread), and call history, including history
feature bar. of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system. In addition, if you
connect a media device, the system
Select General. creates and retains an index of supported
Select Automatic System Updates. media content. The system also records a
short diagnostic log of approximately 10
Switch automatic system updates on. minutes of all recent system activity. The
The system is now set to check for and log profile and other system data may be
receive system updates when it is used to improve the system and help
connected to a Wi-Fi network. diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
Note: You can use the system when a
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
download is in progress.
unless you delete them and are generally
Note: If the system is disconnected from accessible only in your vehicle when the
the Wi-Fi network when a download is in cellular phone or media player is
progress, the download continues the next connected.
time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi
If you no longer plan to use the system or
network.
your vehicle, we recommend you perform
Additional Information and a master reset to erase all stored
Assistance information. See Settings (page 204).
System data cannot be accessed without
For additional information and assistance, special equipment and access to your
we recommend that you contact an vehicle's module. Ford Motor Company
authorized dealer or refer to the regional does not access the system data for any
Ford website. purpose other than as described absent
consent, a court order, or where required
Privacy Information by law enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
When you connect a cellular phone to the with lawful authority. Other parties may
system, it creates a profile within your seek to access the information
vehicle that links to that cellular phone. independently of Ford Motor Company.
This profile helps in offering you more
cellular features and operating more
efficiently. Among other things, this profile
HOME SCREEN
184
E224134
Item Tile Home screen display
A Audio Shows the active media source.

If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
compass.
B Phone The name of the connected phone appears on the screen. The
status of the phone features also appear. This includes signal
strength, battery charge, Emergency Assistance setting state
(On or Off), new text messages and roaming.
C Navigation * This map displays your current location or current route in real
time.
When you have navigation active you can see the next turn on
your route.
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
audio information.
* If equipped.
185
You can touch any of the feature displays Note: Press the voice control button again
to access that feature. to interrupt a voice prompt and begin
speaking.
Anytime you select the home button, the
system returns you to this screen. Note: Turn the volume control when a voice
prompt plays to adjust the volume.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION Note: Press and hold the voice control
button on the steering wheel to use Siri on
The system allows you to interact with the your iOS device.
entertainment, information and The following voice commands are
communication systems on your vehicle designed to help you from any screen:
using voice commands. This allows you
to keep your hands on the steering wheel • List of Commands
and focus on what is in front of you. • Help
Press the voice control button The following tables list some of the more
on the steering wheel and wait frequently used voice commands. For a
E142599 for the voice prompt. complete list of voice commands, refer to
the regional Ford website.
General
Voice Command Description
___ List of Commands 1

Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
Cancel Cancel an active voice session.
___ Help 1
Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
Go back Return to the previous screen.
Main Menu Go to the main menu.
Next Page Go to the next page.
Previous Page Go to the previous page.
1 Add the name of the feature to the command.
186
Entertainment
Audio Source
Radio Use the radio.

CD Player Use the CD player.
Bluetooth Stereo Use a Bluetooth device.
USB Use a USB or media player.
Radio
AM Listen to AM radio.
AM ___ 1
Tune to a specific AM frequency.
DAB Listen to DAB radio.
FM Listen to FM radio.
FM ___ 1
Tune to a specific FM frequency.
1 Add the radio frequency to two decimal places to the command.
USB and Media Player
Browse All Albums

Browse All Artists
Browse All Audiobooks
Browse All Genres Browse your music.
Browse All Playlists
Browse All Podcasts
Browse All Songs
Browse Album ___ 1
Browse your music by category.
187
Browse Artist ___

Browse Audiobook ___
Browse Genre ___
Browse Playlist ___
Browse Podcast ___
Play Album ___
Play Artist ___
1
Play Genre ___ Play your music by category.
Play Playlist ___
Play Song ___
1 Add
an album name, artist name, audiobook name, genre name, playlist name, podcast
name or track name to the command. Say the name exactly as it appears on your device.
Climate Control
Note: Not available through the system on
all models.
Set Temperature ___ 1

Set a temperature between 15.5°C and 29.5°C.
Max Set the temperature to maximum.
Min Set the temperature to minimum.
1 Add the required temperature to the command.
Phone
Pair Phone Pair a cell phone or Bluetooth enabled device.

Redial Redial the last number that you dialed.
Dial ___ 1
Dial a number.
188
Call ___ 2
Call a specific contact from your phonebook.
Call ___ ___ Call a specific contact from your phonebook at a
3
specific location.
Listen to Message Listen to a text message.
Listen to Message ___ Listen to a specific text message from a list of text
messages.
Reply to Message Reply to the last text message.
1 Add the number you want to dial to the command.
2 Add a contact name from your phonebook to the command. Say the name exactly as
it appears on your device.

3 Add a contact name and location from your phonebook to the command. Say the first
and the last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.
Navigation (If Equipped)

Setting a Destination
Find an Address Enter a destination address. When prompted,

provide the house number, the street and city.
Find a POI Search for a point of interest by name or by category.
Destination Nearest ___ 1
Search for a nearby point of interest by category.
Find a POI Category 1
Search for a point of interest category.
Drive Home Set your saved home address as your destination.
Drive to Work Set your saved place of work as your destination.
Show Previous Destinations Display and select from a list of previous destina-
tions.
Show Favorites Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.
1 Add a point of interest name or category to the command.
189
Route Guidance
Cancel Route Cancel the current route.

Detour Select an alternate route.
Repeat Instruction Repeat the last guidance prompt.
Show Route Display an overview of the route.
Show Traffic Display a list of traffic events on your route.
Show All Traffic Display a list of all traffic events.
Show Map Display the map on the touchscreen.
North Up Display a two-dimensional map with north toward
the top of the touchscreen.
Heading UP Display a two-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the top of the touchscreen.
Show 3D Display a three-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the front.
Apps
General
Mobile Applications Start an app. The system prompts your for the app
name.
List Applications Get a list of apps running on your device.
Find Applications Search and connect to apps running on your device.
Active App
___ Help 1
Get a list of voice commands for a specific app.
Exit ___ 1
Close an app.
1 Add an app name to the command.
190
Voice Settings
Voice Settings Go to the voice settings menu.

Interaction Mode Novice Switch long voice prompts on.
Interaction Mode Advanced Switch short voice prompts on.
Phone Confirmation On Switch call confirmation on. The system prompts
you to confirm before making a call.
Phone Confirmation Off Switch call confirmation off. The system does not
prompt you to confirm before making a call.
Voice Command Lists On Display the display of voice commands on.
Voice Command Lists Off Switch the display of voice commands off.
Switching Automatic Blower Motor

Automatic Blower Motor Speed Speed Reduction Off
Reduction
Simultaneously press the A/C and
If necessary, the system decreases the recirculated air buttons.
blower motor speed when you are using
voice commands to reduce the amount of
background noise in your vehicle. It returns
to normal when you are finished.
ENTERTAINMENT
191
E224963
Item Message Description
A Sources This displays your selected media source.

B Presets This allows you to select the preset bank you
want to view.
C Preset This shows you the stations that you have saved
as presets.
The available options could change

You can access these options using the
depending on the source that you select.
touchscreen or voice commands.
These options could include:
192
Message and description
Direct Tune A popup appears, allowing you to type in the frequency of

a station.
Traffic (TA) Allows you to switch Traffic Announcements on and off.
Stations A list of all available radio stations appears.
You can select a station by pressing any list entry on the
touchscreen. For more entries, you can scroll down using
the up and down arrows, the slider or by swiping down the
list.
Sources DAB+/AM/FM/ Radio

Note: DAB+ Radio may not be available in
Press this button to select the source of
all markets.
media you want to listen to.
Tuning a Station
You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.
To tune a station using the touchscreen, select:

Menu item
Direct Tune A pop up appears, allowing you to type in the frequency

of a station. You can only enter a valid station for the
source you are currently listening to. You can press the
backspace button to delete the previously entered number.
Station List A list of all available radio stations appears. You can select
a station by pressing any list entry on the touchscreen. For
a longer list, you can scroll up and down using the up and
down arrows, the slider or by swiping up or down the list.
193
and then press and hold one of the

Once you have entered the station's memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
call numbers, you can select: briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.
Menu item Action and descrip-
tion There are two preset banks available for
AM, three banks for FM and three banks
Enter Press to begin for DAB (if equipped). To access additional
playing the station presets, tap the preset button. The
you have entered. indicator on the preset button shows which
bank of presets you are currently viewing.
Cancel Press to exit
without changing Bluetooth Stereo or USB
the station.
Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to
Presets access media that you store on your
Bluetooth device or USB device such as
To set a new preset, tune to the station music, audio books or podcasts.
The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:

Button Function
Repeat Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).
Shuffle Play the tracks in random order.
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
play buttons to control the audio playback. provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
To get more information about the buttons allow you to skip forward or
currently playing track, press the cover art backward within a track.
or Info button.
While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:
194
Button Function
Browse If available, displays the list of tracks in the

Now Playing playlist.
New Search This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
Play All
Playlists
Artist
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audiobooks
Composers
A-Z Jump This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.
Explore Device If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.
USB Ports Apps

The system supports the use of certain
The USB ports are in the center console or
audio apps such as iHeartRadio through a
behind a small access door in the
USB or Bluetooth-enabled device.
instrument panel.
Each app gives you different on-screen
This feature allows you to plug in USB
options depending on the app's content.
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
See Apps (page 202).
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature. Supported Media Players, Formats
Select this option to play audio from your and Metadata Information
USB device.
The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
195
Supported audio formats include MP3, Hands-free calling is one of the main
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC. features of the system. Once you pair your
cell phone, you can access many options
Supported audio file extensions include
using the touchscreen or voice commands.
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
While the system supports a variety of
FLAC.
features, many are dependent on your cell
Supported USB file systems include: FAT, phone’s functionality.
exFAT, and NTFS.
SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
from your USB device by metadata tags.
First Time
Metadata tags, which are descriptive Pair your Bluetooth enabled phone with
software identifiers embedded in the the system before using the functions in
media files, provide information about the hands-free mode.
file.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
If your indexed media files contain no begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
information embedded in these metadata necessary.
tags, SYNC 3 could classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown. To add a phone, select:
SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to Menu Item
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices. Add a Bluetooth Device
PHONE 1. Follow the on-screen instructions.

2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
WARNING system on your phone.
Driving while distracted can result in 3. Select your vehicle's make and model
loss of vehicle control, crash and as it displays on your phone.
injury. We strongly recommend that 4. Confirm that the six-digit number
you use extreme caution when using any appearing on your phone matches the
device that may take your focus off the six-digit number on the touchscreen.
operation of your vehicle. We recommend 5. The touchscreen indicates when the
against the use of any hand-held device pairing is successful.
while driving and encourage the use of 6. Your phone may prompt you to give
voice-operated systems when possible. the system permission to access
Make sure you are aware of all applicable information. To check your phone’s
local laws that may affect the use of compatibility, see your phone’s manual
electronic devices while driving. or visit the website.
196
5. Your phone may prompt you to give

Alternatively, to add a phone, select: the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
Menu Item compatibility, see your phone’s manual
Add a Bluetooth Device or visit the website.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Then select: Bluetooth wireless technology support the
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
1. Follow the on-screen instructions. • Ending a call.
2. Select your phone's name when it • Dialing a number.
appears on the touchscreen. • Call waiting notification.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number • Caller identification.
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen. Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
4. The touchscreen indicates when the download, are phone-dependent features.
pairing is successful.
Phone Menu
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
197
G
E251249
Item Menu Item Action and Description
A Recent Displays your recent calls.

Call List You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list.
You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down
menu at the top of the screen. You can choose:
All Incoming Outgoing Missed
B Contacts All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabet-
ical order.
A-Z Jump Selecting this button allows
you to choose a specific letter
to view.
C Phone Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the
Settings phone settings options.
From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring
tones and alerts.
198
Item Menu Item Action and Description
D Change Gives you access to the list of paired or connected

Device Bluetooth devices allowing you to change or select a
device.
E Text Displays all recent text messages.
Messages
F Phone Use this keypad to dial in a phone number.
Keypad Use the backspace button to delete numbers.
Call Press this button to begin a
call.
G Do Not Touch this button to reject all incoming calls automatic-
Disturb ally. Text message notifications do not display on the
screen. All ringtones and alerts are set to silent.
Users with phones having voice services

may see a button to access the feature.
For example, iPhone users see a Siri button.
A press and hold of the voice button on the
steering wheel also accesses this feature.
Making Calls
There are many ways to make calls from
the SYNC 3 system, including using voice
commands. See Using Voice
Recognition (page 186). You can use the
touchscreen to place calls as well.
199
To call a number in your contacts, To accept the call, select:

select:
Menu Item
Menu Item Action and Description
Accept
Contacts You can then select the Note: You can also accept the call by
name of the contact you pressing the phone button on the steering
want to call. Any numbers wheel.
stored for that contact
display along with any To reject the call, select:
stored contact photos. You
can then select the Menu Item
number that you want to
call. The system begins the Reject
call. Note: You can also reject the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
To call a number from your recent calls, wheel.
select:
Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3
Menu Item Action and Description logs it as a missed call.
Recent Call You can then select an During a Phone Call
List entry that you want to call.
The system begins the call. During a phone call, the contacts name
and number display on the screen along
To call a number that is not stored in with the call duration.
your phone, select: The phone status items are also visible:
Menu Item Action and Description • Signal Strength.
• Battery.
Phone Select the digits of the
Keypad number you wish to call. You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
Call The system begins the call.
Pressing the backspace button deletes the

last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
200
Item
Item
Privacy Transfer the call to
End Call Immediately end a the cell phone or
phone call. You can back to SYNC 3.
also press the
button on the Text Messaging
steering wheel.
Note: Downloading and sending text
Keypad Press this to access messages using Bluetooth are cell
the phone keypad. phone-dependent features.
Mute You can switch the Note: Certain features in text messaging
microphone off so are speed-dependent and not available
the caller does not when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
hear you. 5 km/h.
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the sender name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can
select:
Hear It Have SYNC 3 read the message to you.

View View the text on the touchscreen.
Call To call the sender.
Reply You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message
that you would like to use and confirm to send the message.
SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully.
Close To exit the screen.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable

Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped) some SYNC 3 features.
SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
and Android Auto to access your phone. features use mobile data.
When you use Apple CarPlay or Android Apple CarPlay
Auto, you can:
Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or
• Make calls. newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to
• Send and receive messages. the latest iOS version is recommended.
• Listen to music. 1. Plug your phone into a USB port. See
• Use your phone's voice assistant. USB Port (page 178).
201
2. Follow the prompts on the

touchscreen. To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
3. Follow the prompts that appear on
your phone to allow access to Apple Menu Item
CarPlay.
Android Auto Preferences
After completing the setup, your phone
connects to CarPlay automatically when Your device is listed if SYNC detects
plugged into a USB port. Android Auto. Select the name of your
device and set the Android Auto switch
To disable this feature from the to off.
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item Note: You may need to slide your Settings
screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Preferences Preferences or Android Auto Preferences.
Your device is listed if SYNC detects To return to SYNC 3, select the
Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your speedometer icon in the Android Auto
device and set the Apple CarPlay switch menu bar at the bottom of the
to off. touchscreen, and then touch the option to
return to SYNC.
To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple Note: Contact Google for Android Auto
CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC support.
app.
Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay APPS
support.
The system enables voice, steering wheel,
Android Auto and touch screen control of SYNC 3
Android Auto is compatible with most AppLink enabled smart phone apps. When
devices with Android 5.0 or newer. an app is running through AppLink, you can
control main features of the app through
1. Download the Android Auto app to voice commands and steering wheel
your device from Google Play to controls.
prepare your device (this may require
mobile data usage). Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will
vary by market.
Note: The Android Auto App may not be
available within your current market. Note: You must pair and connect your
smart phone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to
2. Plug your device into a USB port. See access AppLink.
USB Port (page 178).
3. Follow the prompt on the touchscreen. Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
4. Follow the prompts that appear on
your device. Note: For information on available apps,
supported smart phone devices and
Note: You may be prompted to update troubleshooting tips please visit the regional
additional apps on your device (this may Ford website.
require mobile data usage).
202
Note: Make sure you have an active The connected device sends data to Ford
account for the app that you have in the United States. The information is
downloaded. Some apps will work encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3
automatically with no setup. Other apps will module number, anonymous usage
want you to configure your personal settings statistics and debugging information. The
and personalize your experience by creating connected device sends data to Ford in the
stations or favorites. We recommend you United States. The information is
do this at home or outside of your vehicle. encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, anonymous usage
Note: We encourage you to review the
statistics and debugging information.
smart phone app’s terms of service and
Updates may take place automatically.
privacy policies because Ford is not
responsible for your app or its use of data Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3,
select a mobile app using the system.
the App needs to be running in the
background of your phone. If you shut down Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
the app on your phone, it shuts down the not responsible for any additional charges
app on SYNC 3 as well. you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app
through the connected device. This includes
is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure
any additional charges incurred due to
the required app is running on the mobile
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
device.
network.
Menu Item Action and Descrip- You can enable and disable apps through
tion settings. See Settings (page 204).
Find Mobile Apps SYNC 3 will search App Permissions

and connect to
The system organizes the App permissions
compatible app(s)
into groups. You can grant these group
running on your
permissions individually. You can change
mobile device.
a permission group status any time when
not driving, by using the settings menu.
Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps While in the settings menu, you can also
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3 see the data included in each group.
requires user consent to send and receive When you launch an app using SYNC 3,
app authorization information and updates the system may ask you to grant certain
using the data plan associated with the permissions, for example Vehicle
connected device. information, Driving characteristics, GPS
and Speed, and/or Push notifications. You
can enable all groups or none of them
during the initial app permissions prompts.
The settings menu offers individual group
permission control.
Note: You are only prompted to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC 3.
203
Note: If you disable group permissions, SETTINGS

apps will still be enabled to work with SYNC
3 unless you deactivate All Apps in the Under this menu, you can access and
settings menu. adjust the settings for many of the system
features. To access additional settings,
swipe the screen left or right.
Sound
Pressing this button allows you to adjust
the following:
Sound Settings
Reset All Returns Treble, Midrange, and Bass sound settings to factory levels.
Treble Adjusts the high frequency level.
Midrange Adjusts the middle frequency level.
Bass Adjusts the low frequency level.
Balance / Fade Adjusts the sound ratio from side to side or front to back.
Speed Adjusts the amount the audio system volume increases with speed,
Compensated or turns the feature off.
Vol.
Occupancy Mode Optimizes the sound based on the location of the listeners.
Sound Settings Stereo
Surround
Your vehicle might not have all of these features.
Media Player
This button is available when a media
device such as a Bluetooth Stereo or USB
device is the active audio source. Pressing
the button allows you to access the
following options for active devices only.
204
Podcast Speed For some USB devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
podcasts. When a podcast is playing, you can choose:
Slower Normal Faster
Audiobook Speed For some USB devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
audiobooks. When an audiobook is playing, you can choose:
Slower Normal Faster
Gracenote® Switches on an off Gracenote® to provide metadata information
Management such as genre, artist, album.
Gracenote® Data- This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database.
base Info
Device Informa- This allows you to view the manufacturer and model number of your
tion media device.
Update Media Erase the stored in media information in order to re-index.
Index
You can adjust the following features:

Clock
To adjust the time, select the up and down
arrows on either side of the screen. The
arrows on the left adjust the hour and
arrows on the right adjust the minute. You
can then select AM or PM.
Clock Format Select how time displays.

Reset Clock to When selected, the vehicle clock resets to GPS satellite time.
GPS Time
The system automatically saves any Bluetooth

updates you make to the settings.
Pressing this button allows you to access
the following:
205
Menu Item Action
Bluetooth Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all devices and does not permit
new connections.
Add a Bluetooth You can add a Bluetooth-enabled device by following the steps in
Device the previous table.
View Devices You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the
screen.
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.

You must activate Bluetooth to pair a
Bluetooth-enabled device. 2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
The processes of pairing a Bluetooth
device is the same as pairing a phone. See 3. Confirm that the six-digit number
To add a phone in Phone settings for how appearing on your phone matches the
to pair a device and the available options. six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
Phone pairing is successful.
Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with 5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system before using the functions in the system permission to access
hands-free mode. information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’s manual
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
or visit regional Ford website.
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary. Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
To add a phone, select: download, are phone-dependent features.
Menu Item To check your phone’s compatibility, see
your phone’s manual or visit the regional
Add Phone Ford website.
Then select: Once you have paired a device you can
adjust the following options.
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
View Devices
You can then select:
Add a Bluetooth You can add a Bluetooth-enabled device by following the steps in
Device the previous table.
You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the screen. You then
have the following options:
206
Connect Depending on the status of the device, you can select either of these
options to interact with the selected device.
Disconnect
Make Favorite Allows you to select this device to be your preferred device.
Delete Removes the selected device from the system.
Pressing the info icon next to the device

name allows you to see phone and device
information.
Manage Contacts
Auto Phonebook Enable this option to have SYNC 3 periodically re-download your
Download phonebook to keep your contact list up to date.
Sort By: Choose how you would like the system to display your contacts. You
can choose:
First Name Last Name
Re-download Select this option to re-download your contact list manually.
Phonebook
Delete Phone- Select this option to delete the in vehicle contact list. Deleting the
book in vehicle list does not erase the contact list on the connected phone.
Set Phone Ringtone

No Ringtone No sound plays when a call comes to your phone.
Use Phone Ring- The currently selected ringtone on your phone plays when you receive
tone a call. This option may not be available for all phones. If this option
is available, it is the default setting.
You can also select one of the three available ringers.
207
Text Message Notification

No Alert No sound plays when a message comes to your phone.
(Silence)
You can select one of the three available notification sounds.
Voice Readout When enabled, a voice prompt alerts you when you receive a new
message.
You can enable and disable the following options as well:

Mute Audio in When enabled, vehicle audio (such as radio or apps) is muted for the
Privacy duration of the phone call even when the phone call is in privacy.
Roaming When enabled, an alert displays that your phone is roaming when
Warning you attempt to place a call.
Low Battery When enabled, a message displays when the battery on your phone
Notification is running low.
Select this button to modify the on or off

Emergency Assistance (If Equipped) setting for this feature. If the mobile
phone’s contacts have been downloaded,
Note: The SYNC Emergency Assistance you can adjust the following option:
feature only operates in territories that are
supporting the feature.
Set Emergency You can select up to two numbers from your mobile device's phone-
Contacts book as emergency contacts for quick access at the end of the Emer-
gency Assistance call process.
Radio
This button is available if a Radio source
such as AM or FM is the active media
source. Pressing the button allows you to
access the following features:
208
FM HD Radio Activation of this feature allows you to listen to HD radio broad-

casts.
AM HD Radio
(Dependent on
current radio source,
if equipped and avail-
able)
Radio Text This feature is available when FM Radio is your active media
source. Activate this feature to have the system display radio
text.
Autoset Presets Refresh
(AST)
Selecting this option stores the six strongest stations in your
current location to the last preset bank of the currently tuned
source.
Navigation (If Equipped)

You can adjust many of the Navigation
preferences by selecting the following
menus.
Map Preferences
Map Preferences
Then select any of the following:
3D City Model When this option is active, the system shows 3D renderings of build-
ings.
Breadcrumbs When enabled, your vehicle’s previously traveled route displays with
white dots.
POI Icons Enable this feature to display up to 3 POI icons on the navigation map.
Once this feature is activated you can select Select POIs
the icons you want displayed by selecting:
Incident Map This menu allows you to choose which incident icons you would like
Icons to have displayed on the navigation map.
209
Route Preferences
Menu Item Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions
Route Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Preferred Route Choose to have the system display your chosen route type.
Shortest Fastest Eco
Always Use ___ Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only
Route calculates one route based on your preferred route setting.
When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate
only one route to the desired destination.
Automatically The system searches for and displays available parking locations as
Find Parking you approach your destination.
Eco Time Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the
Penalty setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Dynamic Route You can select the following to have the system:
Guidance
Avoid Freeways Avoid Toll Roads Avoid Ferries/Car Trains
Navigation Preferences
Navigation Preferences
Guidance You can adjust how the system provides prompts.
Prompts
Voice & Tones Voice Only Tones Only
Note: When the prompt is set Note: When this setting Note: When
as Voice & Tones, normally is selected, only voice this setting is
there are only "double tones" prompts are played selected, only
before reaching next turn or before or arriving at the tone prompts
destination. No voice prompt is turning point. are played
provided. before or
arriving at the
turning point.
Hazard Have the system activate hazard spot warning in countries where legally
Spot allowed.
Warning
Off Visual Only Visual & Tones
210
Mobile Apps (If Equipped) Note: All Mobile Apps may not be
compatible with the system.
You can enable the control of compatible
mobile apps running on your Bluetooth or Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
USB device on SYNC 3. In order to enable not responsible for any additional charges
mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent you may receive from your service provider,
to send and receive app authorization when your vehicle sends or receives data
information and updates using the data through the connected device. This includes
plan associated with the connected device. any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
The connected device sends data to Ford network.
in the United States. The encrypted
information includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, anonymous usage
statistics and debugging information.
Updates may take place automatically.
Enable Mobile Enable or disable the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.

Apps Disabling mobile apps in the settings menu disables automatic
updates and the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.
Enable Mobile You can view the status of mobile app permissions in the settings
Apps via USB menu.
Once Mobile Apps is enabled, you have the following options:
Update Mobile This provides information on the current state of available app
Apps updates.
There are three possible statuses:
Update Needed Up-To-Date Updating Mobile Apps…
The system has No update is The system is trying to receive
detected a new app required. an update.
requiring authoriza-
tion or a general
permissions update is
required.
Request Update Select this button if an
update is required and you
want to request this update
manually. For example, when
your mobile device is
connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot,
select:
211
Request Update
All Apps Grant or deny permissions to all apps at once.
There may also Grant or deny an individual app particular permissions. App permis-
be SYNC 3 sions are organized into groups. By pressing the info book icon, you
enabled apps can see which signals are included in each group.
listed under
these options.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for General

any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any You can adjust the following:
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
Menu Item
Language Select to have the touchscreen display in one of the

selectable languages.
Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles.
Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.
Touch Screen Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices
made through the touchscreen.
Automatic System Updates When you activate this option, the system automatic-
ally updates when you have an available Internet
connection through a Wi-Fi network or mobile
connection.
About SYNC Information pertaining to the system and its software.
Software Licenses Documentation of the software license for the system.
Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all
personal settings and personal data.
Wi-Fi
You can adjust the following:
212
Wi-Fi Enable this option to connect to Wi-Fi for SYNC 3 vehicle software
updates.
View Available This provides you with a list of available Wi-Fi networks within range.
Networks
Clicking on a network from the list allows you to connect or disconnect
from that network. The system may require a security code to
connect.
When you click the information button next to a network, more
information about the network displays such as the signal strength,
connection status and security type.
Wi-Fi Available The system alerts you when your vehicle is parked and a Wi-Fi
Notifications network is within range if SYNC is not already connected.
To switch ambient lighting off, press the

Ambient Lighting (If Equipped) active color once or drag the active color
all the way down to zero intensity.
Tap a color once to switch on ambient
lighting. This sets the color to the highest Vehicle
intensity.
Note: Your vehicle may not have all of
You can drag the colors up and down to these features.
increase or decrease the intensity.
You can select the following features to
update their settings.
Traction Control
Message Action and Description
Traction Control You can switch on or off the vehicle Trac-

tion Control system.
213
Camera Settings
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:

Camera Settings
Then select from the following:
Rear Camera You can enable or disable this option using the slider.
Delay
(if equipped)
You can find more information on the rear-view camera system in the parking aids chapter
of your owner manual.
MyKey
MyKey You can select:

MyKey Select to display the information about number of
Information MyKeys and admin keys.
Create Select to create a MyKey.
MyKey
Once a MyKey is created you can select from the following:
Emergency Assistance
Do Not Disturb
Traction Control
Speed Limit
Speed Minder
Volume Limiter
Clear All MyKeys Select to clear all the available MyKeys.
214
Warning Chimes
Warning Chimes You can switch on or off in-vehicle chimes

that alert to an urgent vehicle condition that
may require the driver’s attention.
Information Chimes
Information Chimes You can switch on or off in-vehicle chimes

that inform of a vehicle condition that may
require the driver’s attention.
Display
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Display Off The screen goes black and does not display anything. To switch the
screen back on, simply tap the screen.
Brightness Make the screen display brighter or dimmer.
Mode You can select:
Auto The screen automatically switches between day and
night modes based on the outside light level.
Day The screen displays with a light background to enhance
daytime viewing.
Night The screen displays with a darker background to make
nighttime viewing easier.
Auto Dim Enable this option to automatically dim the display brightness based
on ambient lighting conditions.
Voice Control
You can adjust the voice control settings
by selecting the following options.
215
Menu Item
Advanced Mode Enable this option to remove additional voice prompts

and confirmations.
Phone Confirmation Enable this option to have the system confirm a contact's
name with you before making a call.
Voice Command List Enable this option to have the system display a list of
available voice commands when the voice button is
pressed.
To enable valet mode, enter your chosen

Valet Mode PIN. The system then asks to confirm your
PIN by reentering it. The system then locks.
Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
No information is accessible until the To unlock the system, enter the same pin
system is unlocked with the correct PIN. number. The system reconnects to your
phone and all of your options are available
When you select valet mode a pop-up again.
appears informing you that a four digit
code must be entered to enable and
disable valet mode. You can use any PIN SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
you chose but you must use the same PIN
to disable valet mode. The system asks Your SYNC 3 system is easy to use.
you to input the code. However, should questions arise, please
Note: If the system is locked and you refer to the tables below.
cannot remember the PIN, please contact To check your cell phone's compatibility,
the Customer Relationship Center. refer to the regional Ford or Lincoln
website.
Cell phone issues
Issue Possible cause Possible solution
There is back- The audio control

ground noise settings on your cell Refer to your device's manual about audio
during a phone phone may be affecting adjustments.
call. SYNC 3 performance.
During a call, I Try switching your cell phone off, resetting

can hear the it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
other person Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
malfunction.
but they cannot 3 is not set to off. Look for the microphone
hear me. icon on the phone screen.
216
Cell phone issues
During a call, I To restart your system, shut down the

cannot hear the engine, open and close the door, and then
The system may need to
other person lock the door and wait for 2-3 minutes.
be restarted.
and they cannot Make sure that your SYNC 3 screen is black
hear me. and the lighted USB port is off.
This is a cell phone-
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
dependent feature.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
SYNC 3 is not contacts from your phone. Refer to your
able to down- cell manual.
load my phone- Possible cell phone You must switch on your cell phone and
book. malfunction. the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
The system contacts from your phone. Refer to your
says "Phone- cell manual.
book down-
If the missing contacts are stored on your
loaded" but my Limitations on your cell
SIM card, move them to your cell phone's
SYNC 3 phone- phone's capability.
memory.
book is empty or
is missing You must switch on your cell phone and
contacts. the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
dependent feature.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
I am having
trouble Try deleting your device from SYNC 3 and
connecting my deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
cell phone to Possible cell phone again.
SYNC 3. malfunction.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC 3
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
217
Cell phone issues
Switch the auto download setting off.

dependent feature.
Possible cell phone Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
malfunction. it or removing the battery, then try again.
iPhone • Go to your cell phone's Settings.
• Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
• Press the blue circle to the right of the
device named with your vehicle make
and model to enter the next menu.
• Turn Show Notifications on.
Text messaging • Disconnect then reconnect your iPhone
is not working from the SYNC 3 system to activate this
on SYNC 3. settings update.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward

incoming text messages to SYNC 3.
Repeat these steps for every other SYNC 3
vehicle that you connect. Your iPhone will
only forward incoming text messages to
SYNC 3 if the iPhone is not unlocked in the
messaging application.
Replying to text messages using SYNC 3 is
not supported by iPhone.
Text messages from WhatsApp and Face-
book Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
dependent feature.
incoming text messages.
Audible text
messages do Because each cell phone is different, refer
not work on my to your device's manual for the specific cell
cell phone. This is a cell phone limita- phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
tion. differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
218
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try

switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
I am having Possible device malfunc- cable.
trouble tion.
Make sure to correctly insert the USB cable
connecting my
into the device and your vehicle's USB port.
device.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
The device has a lock Make sure your device is unlocked before
screen enabled. connecting it to SYNC 3.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize Make sure you are not leaving the device in
my device when This is a device limitation. your vehicle during very hot or cold
I start my temperatures.
vehicle.
This is a device-
dependent feature. Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
3 and that you have started the media
Bluetooth audio The device is not player on your device.
does not connected.
stream.
The device is in a bad Try switching your device off, resetting it or
state. removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist, Make sure that all song details are popu-
song title, album or genre lated.
SYNC 3 does information.
not recognize
The file may be Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
music that is on
corrupted. version.
my device.
The song may have Some devices require you to change the
copyright protection that USB settings from mass storage to media
does not allow it to play. transfer protocol class.
219
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
The file format is not Convert the file to a supported format. See
supported by SYNC 3. Entertainment (page 191).
The device needs to be Update media index. See Settings (page
re-indexed. 204).
The device has a lock Make sure your device is unlocked before
screen enabled. connecting it to SYNC 3.
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then connect it back
When I connect to SYNC 3.
my device, I
To listen to Apple devices through USB,
sometimes do This is a device limitation.
select AirPlay from the devices Control
not hear any
Center, then select Dock Connector.
sound.
To listen to Apple devices through
Bluetooth Stereo, select AirPlay from the
devices Control Center, then select SYNC.
SYNC 3 does
not display the
The device or media Connect a compatible device or media
song informa-
player is incompatible. player.
tion, repeat, or
shuffle buttons.
Wi-Fi Issues
Failed connec- Password error. Verify password.

tion.
Weak signal. Check for a poor Wi-Fi signal.
Multiple Access points Use a unique name for your SSID, don’t use
within range with the the default name unless it contains a
same SSID. unique identifier, such as part of the MAC
address.
220
Wi-Fi Issues
Disconnecting Weak signal probably Position the vehicle close to the hotspot
after successful due to distance from the with the front of the vehicle facing the
connection. hotspot, obstruction or hotspot direction and remove obstacles if
high interference. possible. Other Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, microwave
and cordless phones may cause interfer-
ence.
Poor signal seen There may be an If the vehicle is equipped with heated
by SYNC 3 obstruction between windshield, try positioning the vehicle so
despite being SYNC 3 and the hotspot. that the windshield is not facing the
near a hotspot. hotspot. If you have metallic window tinting
but not on the windshield, position the
vehicle to face the hotspot. If all windows
are tinted, you can open the windows in the
direction of the hotspot if that is feasible.
Try to remove other obstructions that may
impact signal quality such as opening the
garage door.
A hotspot is not The hotspot was defined Please set the network to visible and try
listed in the list as a hidden network. again.
of available
networks.
221
Wi-Fi Issues
SYNC 3 is not SYNC 3 does not SYNC 3 currently does not provide a
seen when currently provide a hotspot.
searching for hotspot.
Wi-Fi networks
from your phone
or other devices.
Software down- Poor signal strength, too Check the signal quality (under network
load takes too far from the hotspot, details), if SYNC 3 indicates good or excel-
long. hotspot is supporting lent, test with another high-speed equipped
multiple connections, hotspot where the environment is more
slow Internet connection predictable.
or other problems.
SYNC 3 seems It is possible that there is Test the connection with another device, if
to connect with no new software. The the hotspot requires a subscription, you
a hotspot and connected hotspot may may contact the service provider.
the signal be a managed one and it
strength is requires either a
excellent but subscription or agreeing
the software is to the terms and condi-
not being tions.
updated.
222
AppLink issues
Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s)
AppLink Mobile Make sure you have a compatible smart-

Applications: phone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or
When I select an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or
You did not connect an
"Find Mobile higher. Additionally, make sure you pair and
Applink Compatible
Apps," SYNC 3 connect your phone to SYNC 3 in order to
phone to SYNC 3.
does not find find AppLink-capable apps on your device.
any applica- iPhone users must also connect to a USB
tions. port with an Apple USB cable.
Make sure you have downloaded and
installed the latest version of the app from
your phone's app store. Make sure the app
My phone is AppLink-enabled apps
is running on your phone. Some apps
connected, but I are not installed and
require you to register or login to the app
still cannot find running on your mobile
on the phone before using them with
any apps. device.
AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford
SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings
menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC
3 find the application if you cannot discover
it inside the vehicle. On an Android device,
if apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit' option, then
select it and restart the app. If the app does
not have that option, select the phone's
My phone is
Sometimes apps do not settings menu and select 'Apps', then find
connected, my the particular app and choose 'Force stop.'
properly close and re-
app(s) are
open their connection to Do not forget to restart the app afterward,
running, but I then select "Find Mobile Apps" on SYNC 3.
SYNC 3, over ignition
still cannot find
cycles, for example. On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an
any apps.
app, double tap the home button then
swipe up on the app to close it. Tap the
home button again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a few seconds, the
app should then appear in SYNC 3's Mobile
App's Menu.
223
AppLink issues
Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s)
My Android There is a Bluetooth issue Switch Bluetooth off and then on to reset
phone is on some older versions it on your phone. If you are in your vehicle,
connected, my of the Android operating SYNC 3 should be able to automatically re-
app(s) are system that may cause connect to your phone if you press the
running, I apps that were found on "Phone" button.
restarted them, your previous vehicle
but I still cannot drive to not be found
find any apps. again if you did not
switch Bluetooth off.
My iPhone is Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait
connected, my a moment, and plug the USB cable back in
app is running, I You may need to reset to the phone. After a few seconds, the app
restarted the the USB connection to should appear in SYNC 3's Mobile Apps
app but I still SYNC 3. Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application
cannot find it on and restart it.
SYNC 3.
I have an Increase the Bluetooth volume of the
Android phone. device by using the device's volume control
I found and buttons which are most often found on the
started my side of the device.
media app on The Bluetooth volume on
SYNC 3, but the phone may be low.
there is no
sound or the
sound is very
low.
Some Android devices Force close or uninstall the apps you do not
have a limited number of want SYNC 3 to find. If the app has a "Ford
I can only see
Bluetooth ports that SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the
some of the
apps can use to connect. app's settings menu on the phone.
AppLink apps
If you have more AppLink
running on my
apps on your phone than
phone listed in
the number of available
the SYNC 3
Bluetooth ports, you will
Mobile Apps
not see all of your apps
Menu.
listed in the SYNC 3
mobile apps menu.
224
Voice command issues
Review the cell phone voice commands

and the media voice commands at the
You may be using the beginning of their respective sections.
SYNC 3 does wrong voice commands. Refer to the audio display during an active
not understand
voice session to find a list of voice
what I am
commands there.
saying.
You may be speaking too Wait for the system to prompt you before
soon or at the wrong you state your command.
time.
You may be using the Review the media voice commands at the
wrong voice commands. beginning of the media section.
Say the song or artist name exactly as it is
displayed on your device. For example, say
"Play Artist Prince" or "Play song Purple
Rain".
You may not be saying
Make sure you are saying the complete title
SYNC 3 does the name exactly as it
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
not understand appears on your device.
Nettles".
the name of a
song or artist. If there are any abbreviations in the name,
like ESPN or CNN, you have to spell those:
"E-S-P-N" or "C-N-N".
The song or artist name
may have some special Make sure that song titles, artists, album,
characters that are not and playlists names do not have any special
being recognized by characters like *, - or +.
SYNC 3.
Make sure that you are saying the name
You may not be saying
SYNC 3 does exactly as it appears on your phone. For
the name exactly as it
not understand example, if your contact is "Joe Wilson",
appears on your phone-
or is calling the say "Call Joe Wilson". If your contact name
book.
wrong contact is "Mom", say "Call Mom".
when I want to The contact name may
make a call. Make sure that your contact names do not
contain special charac-
have any special characters like *, - or +.
ters.
225
Voice command issues
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation

The SYNC 3 rules of the selected language to the
voice control contact names stored on your cell phone.
system is having You may not be saying Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
trouble recog- the name exactly as it manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
nizing foreign appears on your phone- for phonebook and then contact name.
names stored book. Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
on my cell 3 will read the contact name to you, giving
phone. you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
trouble recog- rules of the selected language to the names
You may be saying the
nizing foreign stored on your media player or USB flash
foreign names using the
tracks, artists, drive. It is able to make some exceptions
currently selected
albums, genres for very popular artist names (for example,
language for SYNC 3.
and playlist U2) such that you can always use the
names from my English pronunciation for these artists.
media player or
USB flash drive.
SYNC 3 uses a synthetically generated
voice rather than pre-recorded human
The system voice.
generates voice
prompts and SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
SYNC 3 uses text-to- features for a wide range of languages.
the pronunci-
speech voice prompt Dialing a contact name directly from the
ation of some
technology. phonebook without pre-recording (for
words may not
be accurate for example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
my language. track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
226
Personal Profiles
Issue Possible cause and solution
Personal Profiles have not been set up.

An invalid profile name was entered.
A memory button was not selected when
prompted.
I cannot create a profile.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park or was shifted out of Run or Park while
creating a profile.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The lock button was not selected on a
keyfob when prompted.
The keyfob selected was already associ-
ated to another profile and an overwrite
was declined.
I cannot link a keyfob. A profile recall was performed while linking
a keyfob.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park, or was shifted out of Run or Park while
linking a keyfob.
The old linking method is used.
The unsaved setting is not supported by
Personal Profiles.
A different Personal Profile is active than
My personalized settings do not save.
expected.
Another user has changed settings for the
wrong Personal Profile.
A Personal Profile has not been created.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
My profile will not recall. The requested profile is already active.
The memory button being used is not linked
to a profile.
227
Personal Profiles
Issue Possible cause and solution
The keyfob being used is not linked to a

profile.
The wrong keyfob is being used.
A button other than unlock or remote start
is being pressed on a linked keyfob.
The Personal Profile was deleted.
My preset positions recall but my profile Personal Profiles is turned off.
does not.
The vehicle is in motion.
My profile recalls but my preset positions
do not. The preset positions are the same as the
Guest or previously active profile.
Unlink and relink your keyfob in the
I lost a keyfob. Personal Profiles menu. You may need to
see your authorized dealer.
Keyfobs had been erased and reprogramed.
This could happen if you let dealership add
I lost all profiles. a new keyfob to replace lost one.
Master Reset had been performed without
your acknowledgement.
228
General
SYNC 3 only supports four languages in a

The language single module for text display, voice control
selected for the and voice prompts. The country where you
instrument bought your vehicle dictates the four
cluster and languages based on the most popular
information and
SYNC 3 does not support languages spoken. If the selected language
entertainment is not available, SYNC 3 remains in the
the currently selected
display does not
language for the instru- current active language.
match the
ment cluster and inform- SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
SYNC 3
ation and entertainment features for a wide range of languages.
language
display. Dialing a contact name directly from the
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth phonebook without pre-recording (for
audio, voice example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
control and track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
voice prompts). from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
SYNC 3 System Reset
The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC
3 feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any
information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call
history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold
the Seek Up (>>|) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After
approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow 1-2 minutes for the system
reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC 3 system.
For additional assistance with SYNC 3

troubleshooting, refer to the regional Ford
or Lincoln website.
229
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC Note: We test and certify your vehicle to

meet electromagnetic compatibility
COMPATIBILITY legislation (UNECE Regulation 10 or other
applicable local requirements). It is your
WARNINGS responsibility to make sure that any
Do not place objects or mount equipment an authorized dealer installs on
equipment on or near the airbag your vehicle complies with applicable local
cover, on the side of the seatbacks legislation and other requirements.
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
that may come into contact with a equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
instructions may increase the risk of must keep to the parameters in the
personal injury in the event of a crash. following table. We do not provide special
Do not fasten antenna cables to provisions or conditions for installations or
original vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and use.
brake pipes.
Keep antenna and power cables at
least 10 cm from any electronic
modules and airbags.
Car
E239120
230
Appendices
Van
E239122
Truck
E239121
231
Appendices
Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak Antenna Positions

MHz RMS)
1-30 50 1
50-54 50 2, 3
68-88 50 2, 3
142-176 50 2, 3
380-512 50 2, 3
806-870 10 2, 3
Note: After the installation of radio

frequency transmitters, check for END USER LICENSE
disturbances from and to all electrical
equipment in your vehicle, both in the
AGREEMENT
standby and transmit modes.
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
Check all electrical equipment: LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• With the ignition ON.
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
• With the engine running. have acquired a vehicle having several
• During a road test at various speeds. devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
Check that electromagnetic fields include software licensed or owned by
generated inside your vehicle cabin by the Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
transmitter installed do not exceed ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
applicable human exposure requirements. software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
232
Appendices
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") liable for any damages arising out of
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY errors in the speech recognition
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE process. It is your responsibility to
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT monitor any speech recognition
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES, functions included in the system.
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT • Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF Decompilation and Disassembly:
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT). You may not reverse engineer,
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This decompile, translate, disassemble or
EULA grants you the following license: attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
• You may use the SOFTWARE as SOFTWARE nor permit others to
installed on the DEVICES and as reverse engineer, decompile or
otherwise interfacing with systems disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and/or services provide by or through and only to the extent that such activity
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third is expressly permitted by applicable
party software and service providers. law notwithstanding this limitation or
Description of Other Rights and to the extent as may be permitted by
Limitations the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
• Speech Recognition: If the with the SOFTWARE.
SOFTWARE includes speech • Limitations on Distributing,
recognition component(s), you should Copying, Modifying and Creating
understand that speech recognition is Derivative Works: You may not
an inherently statistical process and distribute, copy, make modifications
that recognition errors are inherent in to or create derivative works based on
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
233
Appendices
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may charges from your wireless service

permanently transfer your rights under provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
this EULA only as part of a sale or or third party software and services
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you suppliers provide or make available to
retain no copies, you transfer all of the you Supplemental Components and
SOFTWARE (including all component no other EULA terms are provided
parts, the media and printed materials, along with the Supplemental
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Components, then the terms of this
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
recipient agrees to the terms of this COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, designated agent reserve the right to
any transfer must include all prior discontinue without liability any
versions of the SOFTWARE. Internet-based services provided to
• Termination: Without prejudice to any you or made available to you through
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY the use of the SOFTWARE.
may terminate this EULA if you fail to • Links to Third Party Sites: The
comply with the terms and conditions SOFTWARE may provide you with the
of this EULA. ability to link to third party sites. The
• Internet-Based Services third party sites are not under the
Components: The SOFTWARE may control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
contain components that enable and its affiliates and/or its designated
facilitate the use of certain agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
Internet-based services. You COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
acknowledge and agree that FORD designated agent are responsible for
MOTOR COMPANY, third party (I) the contents of any third party sites,
software and service suppliers, its any links contained in third party sites,
affiliates and/or its designated agent or any changes or updates to third
may automatically check the version party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
of the SOFTWARE and/or its other form of transmission received
components that you are utilizing and from any third party sites. If the
may provide upgrades or supplements SOFTWARE provides links to third
to the SOFTWARE that may be party sites, those links are provided to
automatically downloaded to your you only as a convenience, and the
DEVICES. inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
• Additional Software/Services: The FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR and/or its designated agent.
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or • Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
its designated agent to provide or make You recognize your obligation to drive
available to you SOFTWARE updates, responsibly and keep attention on the
supplements, add-on components, or road. You will read and abide with the
Internet-based services components DEVICES operating instructions
of the SOFTWARE after the date you particularly as they pertain to safety
obtain your initial copy of the and you agree to assume any risk
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental associated with the use of the
Components".) SOFTWARE updates DEVICES.
may cause you to incur additional
234
Appendices
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You

If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the subject to U.S. and European Union export
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip, jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or applicable international and national laws
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such as well as end-user, end-use and
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
replacement copy for the existing other governments.
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
this EULA, including any additional EULA you any rights in connection with any
terms accompanying the upgrade trademarks or service marks of FORD
SOFTWARE. MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: party software and service providers.
All title and intellectual property rights in PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
limited to any images, photographs, provided in the documentation for the
animations, video, audio, music, text and DEVICES product support, such as the
"applets" incorporated into the vehicle owner guide.
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the Should you have any questions concerning
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may please refer to the address provided in the
not copy the printed materials documentation for the DEVICES.
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title No Liability for Certain Damages:
and intellectual property rights in and to EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
the content which may be accessed MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
through use of the SOFTWARE is the SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
property of the respective content owner AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
and may be protected by applicable LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
copyright or other intellectual property CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
rights to use such content outside its CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
intended use. All rights not specifically PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
granted under this EULA are reserved by LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
and third party software and service PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
services which may be accessed through EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the VEHICLE.
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
235
Appendices
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety • Distraction Hazard: Any navigation

Information Read and follow features may require manual
instructions: (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
• Before using your SYNC® system, read while driving can distract your attention
and follow all instructions and safety and could cause an accident or other
information provided in this end user serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not and legal manner before attempting
following precautions found in the these operations.
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries. • Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
General Operation as an aid. Make your driving decisions
• Voice Command Control: Certain based on your observations of local
functions within the SYNC® system conditions and existing traffic
may be accomplished using voice regulations. Any such feature is not a
commands. Using voice commands substitute for your personal judgment.
while driving helps you to operate the Any route suggestions made by this
system without removing your hands system should never replace any local
from the wheel or eyes from the road. traffic regulations or your personal
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not judgment or knowledge of safe driving
access any function requiring a practices.
prolonged view of the screen while you • Route Safety: Do not follow the route
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal suggestions if doing so would result in
manner before attempting to access a an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
function of the system requiring would be placed in an unsafe situation,
prolonged attention. or if you would be directed into an area
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the that you consider unsafe. The driver is
volume excessively. Keep the volume ultimately responsible for the safe
at a level where you can still hear operation of the vehicle and therefore,
outside traffic and emergency signals must evaluate whether it is safe to
while driving. Driving while unable to follow the suggested directions.
hear these sounds could cause an • Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
accident. used by this system may be inaccurate
• Navigation Features: Any navigation because of changes in roads, traffic
features included in the system are controls or driving conditions. Always
intended to provide turn by turn use good judgment and common sense
instructions to get you to a desired when following the suggested routes.
destination. Please make certain all • Emergency Services: Do not rely on
persons using this system carefully any navigation features included in the
read and follow instructions and safety system to route you to emergency
information fully. services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
236
Appendices
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of Disclaimer of Warranty

Risk
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
• You agree to each of the following:(a) AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
Any use of the SOFTWARE while SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
driving an automobile or other vehicle THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
in violation of applicable law or SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
presents a significant risk of distracted ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
driving and should not be attempted TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
under any circumstances;(b) Use of BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
poses a significant risk of hearing THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
damage and should not be attempted "AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
under any circumstances;(c) The FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
SOFTWARE may not be compatible ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
with new or different versions of an HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
operating system, third party software, AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
or third party services, and the THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
critical failure of an operating system, SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
third party software, or third party STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
service.(d) Any third party service LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
accessed by or third party software AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
charge an additional fee for access, (ii) QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
may not work correctly, on an ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii) OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
may change streaming formats or NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
adult, profane or offensive content; and NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
misleading traffic, weather, financial OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
or safety information or other content; SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
cause you to incur additional charges SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
from your wireless service provider WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
(WSP) and any data or minute THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
calculators that may be included in the SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
software program are for reference OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
only, are not warranted in any way and UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
should not be relied upon in anyway. OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
to be responsible for and assume the THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
entire risk to the items set forth in CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
Section (a) – (e) above. INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
237
Appendices
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE Binding Arbitration and Class Action

SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, Waiver
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE (a) Application. This Section applies to
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR controversy between You and FORD
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING exceptions listed above, concerning the
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE legal or equitable basis.
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL. (b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
• The laws of the State of Michigan which is a written statement of the name,
govern this EULA and Your use of the address, and contact information of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to dispute, and the relief requested. You and
other local, state, national, or FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
international laws. Any litigation arising resolve any dispute through informal
out of or related to this EULA shall be negotiation within 60 days from the date
brought and maintained exclusively in the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
a court of the State of Michigan You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
located in Wayne County or in the commence arbitration.
United States District Court for the (c) Small claims court. You may also
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby litigate any dispute in small claims court
consent to submit to the personal in your county of residence or FORD
jurisdiction of a court in the State of MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
Michigan located in Wayne County and business, if the dispute meets all
the United States District Court for the requirements to be heard in the small
Eastern District of Michigan for any claims court. You may litigate in small
dispute arising out of or relating to this claims court whether or not You
EULA. negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
238
Appendices
the right to litigate (or participate in as a may award the same damages to You
party or class member) all disputes in court individually as a court could. The arbitrator
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes may award declaratory or injunctive relief
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator, only to You individually, and only to the
whose decision will be final except for a extent required to satisfy Your individual
limited right of appeal under the Federal claim.
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award. • I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
forum will be conducted solely on an
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
COMPANY’S last written settlement
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
offer made before the arbitrator was
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
appointed (“last written offer”), your
attorney general action, or in any other
dispute goes all the way to an
proceeding in which any party acts or
arbitrator’s decision (called an
proposes to act in a representative
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
you more than the last written offer,
be combined with another without the
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
prior written consent of all parties to all
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
arbitration will be conducted by the (3) reimburse any expenses (including
American Arbitration Association (the expert witness fees and costs) that
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration your attorney reasonably accrues for
Rules. If You are an individual and use the investigating, preparing, and pursuing
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or will determine the amounts.
less whether or not You are an individual • ii. Disputes involving more than
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA $75,000. The AAA rules will govern
Supplementary Procedures for payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
Consumer-Related Disputes will also and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for • iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may any arbitration you commence, FORD
request a telephonic or in-person hearing MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
good cause to hold an in-person hearing or brought for an improper purpose. In
instead. For more information, see adr.org any arbitration FORD MOTOR
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to COMPANY commences, it will pay all
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
239
Appendices
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and 1. Safe and Lawful Use
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any You acknowledge that devoting attention
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
counted in determining how much a of injury or death to you and others in
dispute involves. situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed agree to comply with the following when
within one year. To the extent permitted using the TeleNav Software:
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
be filed within one year in small claims drive safely;
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section (b) use your own personal judgment while
d). The one-year period begins when the driving. If you feel that a route suggested
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
a claim or dispute is not filed within one perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
year, it is permanently barred. places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver you into an area that you consider to be
(Section e) is found to be illegal or unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
dispute, then that portion of Section e will manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
not apply to those parts. Instead, those your vehicle is stationary and parked;
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
or in any manner inconsistent with this
unenforceable, that provision will be
Agreement;
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect. (e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
Telenav Software End User License TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
Agreement your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
Please read these terms and conditions
operation of any safety device (such as an
carefully before you use the TeleNav
airbag).
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
terms and conditions. If you do not accept harmless against all claims resulting from
these terms and conditions, do not break any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
the seal of the package, launch, or use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
otherwise use the TeleNav Software. vehicle, including as a result of your failure
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and to comply with the directions above.
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
240
Appendices
2. Account Information distribute, sublicense or otherwise

transfer the TeleNav Software to
You agree: (a) when registering the others, except as part of your
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with permanent transfer of the TeleNav
true, accurate, current, and complete Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
information about yourself, and (b) to Software in any manner that
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true, I. infringes the intellectual property or
accurate, current and complete. proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
3. Software License
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
• Subject to your compliance with the regulation, including but not limited to laws
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav and regulations related to spamming,
hereby grants to you a personal, privacy, consumer and child protection,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license obscenity or defamation, or
(except as expressly permitted below iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
in connection with your permanent harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
transfer of the TeleNav Software obscene, libelous, or otherwise
license), without the right to objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
sublicense, to use the TeleNav otherwise permit unauthorized access by
Software (in object code form only) in third parties to the TeleNav Software
order to access and use the TeleNav without advanced written permission of
Software. This license shall terminate TeleNav.
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will 4. Disclaimers
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes, • To the fullest extent permissible
and not to provide commercial pursuant to applicable law, in no event
navigation services to other parties. will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
3.1 License Limitations foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile, else in reliance on the information
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
provided by the TeleNav Software.
or otherwise change the TeleNav
TeleNav also does not warrant the
Software or any part thereof; (b)
accuracy of the map or other data used
attempt to derive the source code,
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
audio library or structure of the
may not always reflect reality due to,
TeleNav Software without the prior
among other things, road closures,
express written consent of TeleNav;
construction, weather, new roads and
(c) remove from the TeleNav
other changing conditions. You are
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
responsible for the entire risk arising
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
out of your use of the TeleNav
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
Software. For example but without
other notices or markings; (d)
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
241
Appendices
is dependent on the accuracy of REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,

navigation, as the maps or functionality WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
of the TeleNav Software are not REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
intended to support such high risk DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
applications, especially in more remote CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
geographical areas. NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT 6. Arbitration and Governing Law
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV • You agree that any dispute, claim or
SOFTWARE. controversy arising out of or relating to
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the this Agreement or the TeleNav
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this Software shall be settled by
limitation may not apply to you. independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
5. Limitation of Liability the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER The arbitrator shall apply the
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV American Arbitration Association, and
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS the judgment upon the award rendered
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD by the arbitrator may be entered by any
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, court having jurisdiction. Note that
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES proceeding and the decision of the
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT arbitrator shall be binding upon both
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE parties. You expressly agree to waive
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, and performance hereunder will be
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF governed by and construed in
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION accordance with the laws of the State
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE of California, without giving effect to
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE its conflict of law provisions. To the
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF extent judicial action is necessary in
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE connection with the binding arbitration,
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. both TeleNav and you agree to submit
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
242
Appendices
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the conferred by implication, statute,

courts of the County of Santa Clara, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
California. The United Nations TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
Convention on Contracts for the hereby reserve all of their respective rights
International Sale of Goods shall not other than the licenses explicitly granted
apply. in this Agreement.
7. Assignment 8.3
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer By using the TeleNav Software, you
this Agreement or any of your rights or consent to receive from TeleNav all
obligations, except in totality, in communications, including notices,
connection with your permanent agreements, legally required disclosures
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and or other information in connection with the
expressly conditioned upon the new TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing electronically. TeleNav may provide such
to be bound by the terms and Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
conditions of this Agreement. Any such Website or by downloading such Notices
sale, assignment or transfer that is not to your wireless device. If you desire to
expressly permitted under this withdraw your consent to receive Notices
paragraph will result in immediate electronically, you must discontinue your
termination of this Agreement, without use of the TeleNav Software.
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately 8.4
cease all use of the TeleNav Software. TeleNav's or your failure to require
Notwithstanding the foregoing, performance of any provision shall not
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to affect that party's right to require
any other party at any time without performance at any time thereafter, nor
notice, provided the assignee remains shall a waiver of any breach or default of
bound by this Agreement. this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
8. Miscellaneous subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.1
8.5
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with If any provision herein is held
respect to the subject matter hereof. unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
8.2 parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
Except for the limited licenses expressly effect.
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
243
Appendices
8.6 HERE holds a non-exclusive license from

the United States Postal Service® to
The headings in this Agreement are for
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement, ©United States Postal Service® 2014.
and will not be referred to in connection Prices are not established, controlled or
with the construction or interpretation of approved by the United States Postal
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, Service®. The following trademarks and
the words "include" and "including" and registrations are owned by the USPS:
variations thereof, will not be deemed to United States Postal Service, USPS, and
be terms of limitation, but rather will be ZIP+4
deemed to be followed by the words The Data for Mexico includes certain data
"without limitation". from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions Geografía.
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and 9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
other data licensed to Telenav by third (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
party vendors for the benefit of you and The data (“Data”) is provided for your
other end users. This Agreement personal, internal use only and not for
includes end-user terms applicable to resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
these companies (included at the end subject to the following terms and
of this Agreement), and thus your use conditions which are agreed to by you, on
of the Telenav Software is also subject the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
to such terms. You agree to comply Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
with the following additional terms and their licensors and suppliers) on the other
conditions, which are applicable to hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
Terms and Conditions
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
The data (“Data”) is provided for your for the internal business and personal
personal, internal use only and not for purposes for which you were licensed, and
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is not for service bureau, time-sharing or
subject to the following terms and other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
conditions which are agreed to by you, on subject to the restrictions set forth in the
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and following paragraphs, you agree not to
its licensors (including their licensors and otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
suppliers) on the other hand. decompile, disassemble, create any
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved. derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
The Data for areas of Canada includes or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
information taken with permission from except to the extent permitted by
Canadian authorities, including: © Her mandatory laws.
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
244
Appendices
Restrictions. Except where you have been PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR

specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
and without limiting the preceding Territories and Countries do not allow
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a) certain warranty exclusions, so to that
with any products, systems, or applications extent the above exclusion may not apply
installed or otherwise connected to or in to you.
communication with vehicles, capable of Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
real time route guidance, fleet LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
management or similar applications; or (b) BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
with or in communication with any CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
positioning devices or any mobile or IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
wireless-connected electronic or computer CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
devices, including without limitation ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
computers, pagers, and personal digital MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
assistants or PDAs. POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
Warning. The Data may contain FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
inaccurate or incomplete information due CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
to the passage of time, changing OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
circumstances, sources used and the SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
nature of collecting comprehensive ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
geographic data, any of which may lead to INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
incorrect results. ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
guarantees, representations or warranties LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
of any kind, express or implied, arising by POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
law or otherwise, including but not limited States, Territories and Countries do not
to, content, quality, accuracy, allow certain liability exclusions or
completeness, effectiveness, reliability, damages limitations, so to that extent the
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, above may not apply to you.
use or results to be obtained from this Export Control. You shall not export from
Data, or that the Data or server will be anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
uninterrupted or error-free. product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
required under, applicable export laws,
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
rules and regulations, including but not
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
administered by the Office of Foreign
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
245
Appendices
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit

HERE from complying with any of its NOTICE OF USE
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
excused and shall not constitute a breach SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
of this Agreement.
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
Entire Agreement. These terms and SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
conditions constitute the entire agreement West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
between Telenav (and its licensors, 60606
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, This Data is a commercial item as
and supersedes in their entirety any and defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
all written or oral agreements previously these End-User Terms under which this
existing between us with respect to such Data was provided.
subject matter.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws If the Contracting Officer, federal
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” government agency, or any federal official
where European HERE Data is used], refuses to use the legend provided herein,
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of the Contracting Officer, federal
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations government agency, or any federal official
Convention for Contracts for the must notify HERE prior to seeking
International Sale of Goods, which is additional or alternative rights in the Data.
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European I. US/Canada Territory
HERE Data is used] for any and all A. United States Data. The End-User
disputes, claims and actions arising from Terms for any Application containing
or in connection with the Data provided to Data for the United States shall contain
you hereunder. the following notices:
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the “HERE holds a non-exclusive license
United States government or any other from the United States Postal
entity seeking or applying rights similar to Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
those customarily claimed by the United information.”
States government, this Data is a “©United States Postal Service®
“commercial item” as that term is defined 20XX. Prices are not established,
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in controlled or approved by the United
accordance with these End-User Terms, States Postal Service®. The following
and each copy of Data delivered or trademarks and registrations are
otherwise furnished shall be marked and owned by the USPS: United States
embedded as appropriate with the Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
246
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with

B. Canada Data. The following provi- each copy of all or any portion of the
sions apply to the Data for Canada, Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
which may include or reflect data from shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
third party licensors (“Third Party following copyright notice on at least
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen one of: (i) the label for the storage
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada for the copy; or (iii) other materials
Post”) and the Department of Natural packaged with the copy, such as user
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”): manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client taken with permission from Canadian
agrees that its use of the Third Party authorities, including © Her Majesty
Data is subject to the following provi- the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
sions: Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The Department of Natural Resources
licensors of such data, including Her Canada. All rights reserved.”
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, 3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
make no guarantees, representa- wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tions or warranties respecting such tion with the provision of any portion
data, either express or implied, of the Data for the Territory of Canada
arising by law or otherwise, including to End-Users as may be authorized
but not limited to, effectiveness, under the Agreement, Client shall
completeness, accuracy or fitness provide such End-Users, in a reason-
for a particular purpose. ably conspicuous manner, with terms
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third (set forth with other end user terms
Party Data licensors, including Her required to be provided under the
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, Agreement, or as otherwise may be
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of provided, by Client) which shall include
any claim, demand or action, irre- the following provisions on behalf of
spective of the nature of the cause the Third Party Data licensors,
of the claim, demand or action including Her Majesty, Canada Post
alleging any loss, injury or damages, and NRCan:
direct or indirect, which may result The Data may include or reflect
from the use or possession of such data of licensors, including Her
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of Majesty the Queen in the Right of
revenues or contracts, or any other Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
consequential loss of any kind Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
resulting from any defect in the and the Department of Natural
Data. Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
247
Appendices
either express or implied, arising by

law or otherwise, including but not II. Mexico. The following provision applies
limited to, effectiveness, complete- to the Data for Mexico, which includes
ness, accuracy or fitness for a certain data from the Instituto Nacional
particular purpose. The licensors, de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
respect of any claim, demand or packaging containing Data for Mexico
action, irrespective of the nature of shall contain the following notice:
the cause of the claim, demand or “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
action alleging any loss, injury or Estadística y Geografía)”
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses- III. Latin America Territory
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty, A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not of the Data and/or packaging relating
be liable in any way for loss of thereto shall include the respective Third
revenues or contracts, or any other Party Notices set forth below and used
consequential loss of any kind as described below corresponding to
resulting from any defect in the data the Territory (or portion thereof)
or the Data. included in such copy:
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her Territory Notice
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
and their officers, employees and MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
agents from and against any claim, AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
demand or action, irrespective of 2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
the nature of the cause of the claim, ENERO DE 2011”
demand or action, alleging loss, “source: © IGN 2009 - BD
costs, expenses, damages or injuries TOPO ®”
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession Guade-
of the data or the Data. loupe,
French
4. Additional Provisions: The terms Guiana
contained in this Section are in addi- and
tion to all of the rights and obligations Marti- “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
of the parties under the Agreement. nique Nacional de Estadística y
To the extent that any of the provi- Mexico Geografía)”
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi- IV. Middle East Territory
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
248
Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies

of the Data and/or packaging relating V. Europe Territory
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
as described below corresponding to 1. General Restrictions Applicable to
the Territory (or portion thereof) Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
included in such copy: and agrees that in certain countries of
Country Notice the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
Jordan “© Royal Jordanian party RDS-TMC code providers to
Geographic Centre”. The receive and use the Traffic Codes in
foregoing notice requirement the Data and to deliver to End-Users
for Jordan Data is a material Transactions in any way derived from
term of the Agreement. If or based on such Traffic Codes. For
Client or any of its permitted such countries, HERE shall deliver the
sublicensees (if any) fail to Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
meet such requirement, HERE Client only after receiving certification
shall have the right to from Client of its having obtained such
terminate Client’s license rights.
with respect to the Jordan
Data. 2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted each Transaction that uses Traffic
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from Codes for Belgium, provide the
licensing and/or otherwise distributing following notice to the End-User:
HERE’s database for the country of “Traffic Codes for Belgium are
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter- provided by the Ministerie van de
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers. Transports.”
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
restricted from using the Jordan Data in license granted to Client relating to
Enterprise Applications if such party is making, selling or distributing paper
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a paper-like medium): (a) such license
Jordan-based customer. For purposes with respect to Data for the Territory of
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica- Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic- entering into and complying with a
ations, GIS applications, mobile business separate written agreement with the
asset management applications, call Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
center applications, telematics applica- sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
tions, public organization Internet OS any and all applicable paper map
applications or for providing geocoding royalties, and Client’s complying with
services. the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
249
Appendices
is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior Austria “© Bundesamt für Eich-

written consent from Kartografie a.s.; und Vermessungswesen”
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of Croatia
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s Cyprus,
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für Estonia,
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d) Latvia,
Client is restricted from using Data for Lithuania,
the Territory of France to create paper Moldova,
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and Poland,
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted Slovenia
from using any Data to create, sell or and/or
distribute paper maps that are the same Ukraine “© EuroGeographics”
or substantially similar, in terms of data France “source: © IGN 2009 – BD
content and specific use of color, TOPO ®”
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national Germany “Die Grundlagendaten
mapping agencies, including without wurden mit Genehmigung
limitation, Landervermessungämter of der zuständigen Behörden
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the entnommen”
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für Great Britain “Contains Ordnance
Landestopografie of Switzerland, Survey data © Crown
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung- copyright and database
swesen of Austria, and the National right 2010 Contains Royal
Land Survey of Sweden. Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting right 2010”
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain, Greece “Copyright Geomatics
Client acknowledges and agrees that Ltd.”
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring Hungary “Copyright © 2003; Top-
a direct action against Client to enforce Map Ltd.”
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper Italy “La Banca Dati Italiana è
map requirements (see Section IV(B) stata prodotta usando
above) contained in this Agreement. quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies al tratto prodotta e fornita
of the Data and/or packaging relating dalla Regione Toscana.”
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used Norway “Copyright © 2000;
as described below corresponding to Norwegian Mapping
the Territory (or portion thereof) Authority”
included in such copy:
Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal”
Country(ies) Notice
250
Appendices
Spain “Información geográfica Product incorporates data which is ©

propiedad del CNIG” 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Sweden “Based upon electronic Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.” B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Switzerland “Topografische Terms for any Application containing
Grundlage: © Bundesamt RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
für Landestopographie. shall contain the following notice:
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client “Product incorporates traffic location
acknowledges that HERE has not codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
received approvals to distribute map tion Limited and its licensors.”
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus, AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan. Telematics Disclosure
HERE may update such list from time to
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
time. The license rights granted to Client
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
under this TL with respect to the Data
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
for such countries are contingent upon
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
Client’s compliance with all applicable
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
laws and regulations, including, without
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
limitation, any required licenses or
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
approvals to distribute the Application
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
incorporating such Data in such
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
respective countries.
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
VI. Australia Territory CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
of the Data and/or packaging relating PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
thereto shall include the respective Third AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
Party Notices set forth below and used UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
as described below corresponding to UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
the Territory (or portion thereof) UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
included in such copy: EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
Copyright. Based on data provided KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
under license from PSMA Australia REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
Limited (www.psma.com.au). ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
251
Appendices
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR

HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE. LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY, TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT. HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
DEVICE. TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE CARRIER.
SERVICES
VII. China Territory
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL Personal Use Only
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END You agree to use this Data together with
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE [insert name of Client Application] for the
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT solely personal, non-commercial purposes
GUARANTEE ANY END USER for which you were licensed, and not for
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR service bureau, time-sharing or other
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS to the restrictions set forth in the following
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER as necessary for your personal use to (i)
252
Appendices
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you rigCustomer Remedies
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
reverse engineer any portion of this Data, paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
and may not transfer or distribute it in any the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
form, for any purpose, except to the extent Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
permitted by mandatory laws. with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
Restrictions resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
Except where you have been specifically be warranted for the remainder of the
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
not (a) use this Data with any products, nor any product support services offered
systems, or applications installed or by NAV2 are available without proof of
otherwise connected to or in purchase from an authorized international
communication with vehicles, capable of source.
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet No Other Warranty:
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
positioning devices or any mobile or SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
wireless-connected electronic or computer PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
devices, including without limitation AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
computers, pagers, and personal digital ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
using this Data if you fail to comply with MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
these terms and conditions. PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
Limited Warranty exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will exclusion may not apply to you.
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a Limited Liability:
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
described in applicable written materials LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
support engineers will make commercially BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
reasonable efforts to solve any problem CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
issues. IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
253
Appendices
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, Governing Law.

CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, The above terms and conditions shall be
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES governed by the laws of the People’s
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR Republic of China, without giving effect to
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR United Nations Convention for Contracts
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR for the International Sale of Goods, which
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A from or in connection with the Data
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS provided to you hereunder shall be
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE submitted to the Shanghai International
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER Economic and Trade Arbitration
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR Commission for arbitration.
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER Gracenote® Copyright
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under CD and music-related data from
applicable law, so to that extent the above Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
exclusion may not apply to you.
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Export Control Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
You agree not to export to anywhere any practice one or more of the following U.S.
part of the Data provided to you or any Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
direct product thereof except in 6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
compliance with, and with all licenses and 6,330,593 and other patents issued or
approvals required under, applicable pending. Some services supplied under
export laws, rules and regulations. license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
IP Protection
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
suppliers and are protected by applicable logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
copyright and other intellectual property Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
law and treaties. The Data are provided Gracenote.
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale. Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
Entire Agreement
This device contains software from
These terms and conditions constitute the Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
entire agreement between NAV2(and its Emeryville, California 94608
licensors, including their licensors and ("Gracenote").
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their The software from Gracenote (the
entirety any and all written or oral "Gracenote Software") enables this device
agreements previously existing between to do disc and music file identification and
us with respect to such subject matter. obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
254
Appendices
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform including any copyrighted material or

other functions. You may use Gracenote music file information. You agree that
Data only by means of the intended End Gracenote may enforce its respective
User functions of this device. This device rights, collectively or separately, under this
may contain content belonging to agreement against you, directly in each
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the company's own name.
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
queries for statistical purposes. The
content and such content providers shall
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
be entitled to all of the benefits and
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
protections set forth herein that are
queries without knowing anything about
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
who you are. For more information, see the
will use the content from Gracenote
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
non-commercial use only. You agree not OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
associated with a music file) to any third WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
HEREIN. TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
Gracenote Servers.
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
Gracenote Content, including all ownership OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
rights. Under no circumstances will either ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
Gracenote become liable for any payment THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
to you for any information that you provide, PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
255
Appendices
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF Taiwan Territory

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
Note: In accordance with the management
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
approach of low-power radio wave
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
radiation motors:
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE Article 12: For approved and certified
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY low-power radiation motor models,
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL companies, firms or users must not alter
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY the frequency, increase the power or
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL change the characteristics and functions
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS of the original design without authorization.
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON Article 14: The usage of low-power
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007. radio-frequency motors must not affect
Radio Frequency Statement aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L be detected, immediately stop using the
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
This device complies with Part 15 of the interference. For the legal
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry telecommunication and wireless
Canada. Operation is subject to the telecommunication of the telco, the
following two conditions: low-power radio frequency motor must be
(1) This device may not cause harmful able to tolerate legal limits of interference
interference, and from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
interference that may cause undesired AND CONDITIONS
operation.
By activating, using and/or accessing the
WARNING SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
Changes or modifications not other content or material provided by
expressively approved by the party Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
responsible for compliance could and/or Services), you must accept
void the user's authority to operate the certain terms and conditions. The following
equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio is a brief summary of the terms and
certification number only signifies that conditions that apply to you. To view the
Industry Canada technical specifications full terms and conditions relevant to your
were met. use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
The antenna used for this transmitter must
Website
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
transmitter. ditions/
1. Acceptance
256
Appendices
By using SUNA Products and/or Services, 5. Service Continuity and Reception of

you will be deemed to have accepted and the SUNA Traffic Channel
agreed to be bound by the terms and
We will use reasonable endeavours to
conditions fully detailed at:
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Website Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
maintenance. We will try to perform
ditions/
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
2. Intellectual Property SUNA Products and/or Services at any
SUNA Products and/or Services are for time.
your personal use. You may not record, or Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
retransmit the content, nor use the content reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
in association with any other traffic RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You 6. Limitation of Liability
obtain no right of ownership in any Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
Intellectual Property Rights (including the manufacturer of your device (the
copyright) in the data that is used to “Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services. any third party for any damages either
3. Appropriate Use direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
SUNA Products and/or Services are inability to use SUNA Products and/or
intended as an aid to personal motoring Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
and travel planning, and do not provide has been advised of the possibility of such
comprehensive or accurate information on damages. You also acknowledge that the
all occasions. On occasions, you may neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
experience additional delay as a result of guarantees nor make any warranties that
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You relate to the availability, accuracy or
acknowledge that it is not intended, or completeness of SUNA Products and/or
suitable, for use in applications where time Services, and to the extent which it is
of arrival or driving directions may impact lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
the safety of the public or yourself. Supplier excludes any warranties which
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services might otherwise be implied by any State
while driving or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or 7. Please Note
Services are available or installed and Great care has been taken in preparing this
active, remain at all times responsible for manual. Constant product development
observing all relevant laws and codes of may mean that some information is not
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only entirely up-to-date. The information in this
actively operate SUNA Products and/or document is subject to change without
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete notice.
stop and it is safe to do so.
257
Appendices
WARNING
258
Index
A Media.......................................................................175
Number Block.......................................................176
A/C OK Button..............................................................176
See: Climate Control...........................................62 Pausing or Playing Media.................................175
About This Manual...........................................5 Power.......................................................................175
ABS Previous Screen...................................................176
See: Brakes.............................................................92 Radio........................................................................175
ABS driving hints Seek Down and Previous Track.....................175
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Seek Up and Next Track...................................175
Brakes..................................................................92 Sound Settings....................................................175
Accessories System Settings..................................................175
See: Replacement Parts Tune.........................................................................176
Recommendation..............................................8 Voice Recognition................................................177
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................37 Volume....................................................................175
Airbag Disposal...............................................22 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 3.......172
Air Conditioning Autolamps........................................................44
See: Climate Control...........................................62 Automatic Climate Control........................63
Air Filter Automatic Transmission.............................88
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter...............141 Brake-Shift Interlock Override........................90
Alarm PowerShift Automatic Transmission...........88
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................36 SelectShift Automatic™ Transmission
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................36 ...............................................................................8 9
Arming the Alarm.................................................36 Autowipers.......................................................40
Disarming the Alarm...........................................36 Auxiliary Power Points..................................72
Appendices....................................................230 Location....................................................................72
Apps.................................................................202
..................................................................................202
At a Glance........................................................10
B
Audible Warnings and Indicators..............57 Battery
Airbag Indicator Lamp Malfunction...............57 See: Changing the 12V Battery.......................132
Airbag Secondary Warning...............................57 Bonnet Lock
Door Ajar..................................................................57 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........124
Headlamps On.......................................................57 Bottle Holder....................................................74
Low Fuel Reminder..............................................57 Brake Fluid Check..........................................131
Parking Brake.........................................................57 Brakes.................................................................92
Perimeter Alarm....................................................57 General Information............................................92
Seatbelt Reminder...............................................57 Breaking-In.....................................................106
Speed Alarm...........................................................57 Brakes and Clutch..............................................106
Vehicle not in Park (P)........................................57 Engine.....................................................................106
Audio Control...................................................37 Tires.........................................................................106
Type 1........................................................................38 Bulb Specification Chart...........................140
Type 2.......................................................................38
Audio System..................................................172
General Information...........................................172
C
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/ Cabin Air Filter.................................................67
Bluetooth......................................................174 Capacities and Specifications - 1.2L
Answer or Make Phone Call............................177 TiVCT..............................................................167
End Phone Call....................................................176 Capacities..............................................................167
259
Index
Specifications.......................................................167 Changing the Wiper Blades......................133

Capacities and Specifications - 1.5L Changing the Rear Window Wiper
TDCi................................................................170 Blade..................................................................134
Capacities..............................................................170 Changing the Windshield Wiper
Specifications......................................................170 Blades.................................................................133
Capacities and Specifications - 1.5L Checking MyKey System Status...............29
TiVCT.............................................................168 MyKey Distance....................................................29
Capacities.............................................................168 Number of Admin Keys......................................29
Specifications......................................................169 Number of MyKeys..............................................29
Capacities and Specifications.................158 Checking the Wiper Blades.......................133
Car Wash Child Restraint Positioning..........................13
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................143 Child Safety........................................................11
Catalytic Converter.......................................84 Child Safety Locks..........................................14
On-Board Diagnostics System.......................84 Left-Hand Side.......................................................14
Center Console................................................73 Right-Hand Side....................................................14
My Ford Dock..........................................................73 Cleaning the Engine.....................................144
Changing a Bulb - 4-Door.........................134 Cleaning the Exterior...................................143
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp..............137 Body Paintwork Preservation........................144
Daytime Running Lamps.................................136 Cleaning Stripes or Graphics..........................143
Front Fog Lamps.................................................136 Cleaning the Chrome Trim..............................143
Headlamp..............................................................135 Cleaning the Headlamps.................................143
Interior Lamp........................................................137 Cleaning the Rear Window.............................143
License Plate Lamp............................................137 Cleaning the Interior....................................144
Luggage Compartment Lamp, Footwell Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners
Lamp and Liftgate Lamp.............................137 and Floor Mats................................................145
Rear Lamps...........................................................136 Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens
Changing a Bulb - 5-Door..........................137 and Radio Screens........................................145
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp.............140 Leather Interior....................................................145
Daytime Running Lamps.................................139 Rear Windows.....................................................146
Front Fog Lamps.................................................139 Seatbelts................................................................145
Headlamp..............................................................138 Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and
Interior Lamp.......................................................140 Ashtrays............................................................146
License Plate Lamp...........................................140 Suede Micro Fiber Fabric.................................145
Luggage Compartment Lamp, Footwell Cleaning the Wheels...................................146
Lamp and Liftgate Lamp............................140 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................29
Rear Lamps...........................................................139 Climate Control...............................................62
Changing a Fuse.............................................121 Clutch Fluid Check........................................132
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................122 Cold Weather Precautions.......................106
Fuses Types...........................................................123 Coolant Check
General Information............................................121 See: Engine Coolant Check............................130
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box.............122 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.........21
Changing a Road Wheel.............................151 Creating a MyKey............................................27
Change the wheel...............................................152 Cup Holders......................................................73
Jacking and Lifting Points................................152
Vehicles With a Spare Wheel..........................151
Changing the 12V Battery..........................132
D
Changing the Engine Air Filter..................141 Data Recording..................................................7
Changing the Air Filter Element.....................141
260
Index
Diesel Particulate Filter...............................84 Heated Exterior Mirrors.......................................51

Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration..........85 Manual Exterior Mirrors.....................................50
On-Board Diagnostics System.......................85 Power Exterior Mirrors........................................50
Direction Indicators........................................47 Power Folding Mirrors........................................50
Doors and Locks..............................................31
Driver and Passenger Airbags....................19
Children and Airbags...........................................19
F
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Fastening the Seatbelts................................15
Adjustment.........................................................19 Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy............16
Driving Aids......................................................101 First Aid Kit.....................................................109
Driving Hints...................................................106 Flat Tire
Driving Through Water................................107 See: Changing a Road Wheel..........................151
Floor Mats........................................................107
E Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps........................................45
Economical Driving.....................................106 Fog Lamps - Rear
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............230 See: Rear Fog Lamps..........................................45
End User License Agreement..................232 Front Fog Lamps............................................45
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE Fuel and Refueling........................................80
AGREEMENT (EULA) .................................232 Fuel Consumption.........................................83
Engine Coolant Check................................130 Calculating Fuel Economy................................83
Adding Engine Coolant......................................131 Filling the Fuel Tank............................................83
Engine Emission Control.............................84 Fuel Quality - Diesel.....................................80
Engine Immobilizer Biodiesel Usage.....................................................81
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................36 Long-Term Storage..............................................81
Engine Oil Check...........................................129 Fuel Quality - Gasoline.................................81
Checking the Oil Level......................................129 Long-Term Storage..............................................81
Oil Consumption.................................................130 Fuel Shutoff...................................................109
Oil Filter..................................................................130 Fuse Box Locations.......................................115
Topping Up............................................................129 Engine Compartment Fuse Box.....................115
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.2L TiVCT/1.5L High Current Fuse Box.......................................115
TiVCT..............................................................129 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box..............115
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.5L TDCi.................129 Fuses..................................................................115
Engine Specifications - 1.2L TiVCT........158 Fuse Specification Chart............................115
Engine Specifications - 1.5L TDCi..........160 Engine Compartment Fuse Box.....................116
Engine Specifications - 1.5L TiVCT........159 High Current Fuse Box........................................121
Entertainment................................................191 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box.............119
Apps........................................................................195
Bluetooth Stereo or USB.................................194
DAB+/AM/FM/ Radio.......................................193
G
Sources...................................................................193 Gauges...............................................................53
Supported Media Players, Formats and Fuel Gauge..............................................................54
Metadata Information.................................195 Information Display.............................................54
USB Ports..............................................................195 Maximum Engine Speed...................................54
Event Data Recording Tachometer............................................................54
See: Data Recording...............................................7 Gearbox
Exterior Mirrors................................................49 See: Transmission................................................87
Folding Mirrors......................................................49
261
Index
General Information on Radio Child Restraints for Different Mass

Frequencies...................................................23 Groups...................................................................11
Instrument Cluster.........................................53
H Instrument Panel Overview........................10
Interior Lamps..................................................47
Handbrake Courtesy Lamp......................................................47
See: Parking Brake...............................................92 Interior Mirror....................................................51
Hazard Flashers............................................109 Auto-Dimming Mirror...........................................51
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................44 Introduction........................................................5
Headlamp Leveling.......................................46
Recommended headlamp leveling switch
positions.............................................................46
J
Headrest Jump Starting the Vehicle..........................110
See: Head Restraints..........................................68 Connecting the Jumper Cables......................110
Head Restraints..............................................68 Jump Starting.........................................................111
Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................69 Preparing Your Vehicle......................................110
Heated Rear Window....................................67 Removing the Jumper Cables..........................111
Heating
See: Climate Control...........................................62
Hill Start Assist...............................................93
K
Using Hill Start Assist.........................................93 Keys and Remote Controls.........................23
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate............................................................65
General Hints.........................................................65
L
Quickly Cooling the Interior..............................66 Liftgate...............................................................35
Quickly Heating the Interior..............................65 Lighting Control..............................................43
Recommended Settings for Cooling ...........66 Headlamp Flasher...............................................44
Recommended Settings for Heating............65 High Beams............................................................43
Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods Parking Lamps......................................................44
during Extreme High Ambient Lighting..............................................................43
Temperatures...................................................66 General Information............................................43
Windshield and Side Window Defrosting or Load Carriers
Defogging in Cold Weather..........................67 See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers.............102
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Load Carrying.................................................102
Brakes..............................................................92 General Information..........................................102
Home Screen.................................................184 Locking and Unlocking..................................31
Hood Lock Autolock Feature..................................................32
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........124 Auto Relock.............................................................32
Autounlock Feature ............................................32
I Battery Saver.........................................................34
Illuminated Entry..................................................34
Ignition Switch.................................................75 Illuminated Exit.....................................................34
Information Displays.....................................58 Locking and Unlocking the Doors
General Information............................................58 Individually with the Key Blade..................33
Information Messages.................................59 Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the
Installing Child Restraints.............................11 Key.........................................................................33
Booster Seats.........................................................12 Manual Door Locks...............................................31
Remote Control......................................................31
262
Index
Luggage Covers - 5-Door...........................102

Removing the Cover..........................................102
P
Lug Nuts Parking Aids......................................................97
See: Changing a Road Wheel..........................151 Principle of Operation.........................................97
Lug Nuts............................................................157 Parking Brake...................................................92
All Vehicles.............................................................93
M Vehicles With Automatic
Transmission.....................................................92
Maintenance...................................................124 Vehicles With Manual Transmission.............93
General Information..........................................124 Passive Anti-Theft System.........................36
Manual Climate Control..............................62 Arming the Engine Immobilizer......................36
Manual Liftgate...............................................35 Coded Keys.............................................................36
Opening the Liftgate Using the Remote Disarming the Engine Immobilizer................36
Control.................................................................35 Principle of Operation........................................36
Smart unlock..........................................................35 PATS
Manual Seats..................................................69 See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................36
Adjusting the Height of the Driver Phone...............................................................196
Seat......................................................................70 During a Phone Call.........................................200
Moving the Seat Backward and Making Calls.........................................................199
Forward...............................................................70 Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Recline Adjustment.............................................70 Time...................................................................196
Manual Transmission....................................87 Phone Menu..........................................................197
Recommended Shift Speeds..........................87 Receiving Calls...................................................200
Reverse....................................................................88 Smartphone Connectivity...............................201
Using the Clutch...................................................87 Text Messaging....................................................201
Map Pockets.....................................................74 Playing Media From a USB Device..........177
Media Hub.......................................................178 Selecting the USB Device.................................177
Message Center Track and Folder Format..................................177
See: Information Displays.................................58 Post-Crash Alert System............................112
Mirrors Power Door Locks
See: Windows and Mirrors................................48 See: Locking and Unlocking..............................31
Mobile Communications Equipment........9 Power Windows - Vehicles With:
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................29 One-Touch Open and Close Driver
All Vehicles.............................................................30 Window..........................................................48
MyKey™..............................................................27 Bounce-Back.........................................................49
Principle of Operation.........................................27 One-Touch Down................................................48
One-Touch Up and Down.................................48
O Window Lock.........................................................48
Programming a MyKey.................................28
Oil Check Optional Settings.................................................28
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................129 Puncture
Opening and Closing the Hood...............124 See: Changing a Road Wheel..........................151
Closing the Hood................................................125 Push Button Ignition Switch.......................75
Opening the Hood..............................................124 Failure to Start.......................................................76
Overhead Console..........................................74 Ignition Modes.......................................................76
263
Index
R Running Out of Fuel.......................................81
Rear Fog Lamps..............................................45 S

Rear Parking Aid..............................................97
Obstacle Distance Indicator............................98 Safety Precautions........................................80
Rear Seat Armrest...........................................71 Seatbelt Height Adjustment.......................16
Rear Seats.........................................................70 Seatbelt Reminder..........................................17
Folding the Seatback..........................................70 Seatbelts............................................................15
Unfolding the Seatback......................................71 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Rear View Camera.........................................98 Chime...............................................................16
Enhanced Park Aids or Park Pilot................100 Conditions of operation.......................................17
Using the Rear View Camera..........................99 Seats...................................................................68
Rear View Camera Security..............................................................36
See: Rear View Camera.....................................98 Settings...........................................................204
Rear Window Wiper and Washers............41 Ambient Lighting.................................................213
Intermittent Wipe..................................................41 Bluetooth..............................................................205
Rear Window Washer.........................................42 Clock.......................................................................205
Reverse Gear Wipe..............................................42 Display.....................................................................215
Refueling...........................................................82 Emergency Assistance....................................208
Fuel Filler Cap........................................................82 General....................................................................212
Fuel Filler Door......................................................82 Media Player........................................................204
Remote Control - Vehicles With: Keyless Mobile Apps...........................................................211
Entry.................................................................24 Navigation............................................................209
Changing the Remote Control Battery.........25 Phone....................................................................206
Locating Your Vehicle.........................................26 Radio......................................................................208
Passive Key.............................................................24 Sound....................................................................204
Remote Control - Vehicles Without: Valet Mode............................................................216
Keyless Entry.................................................23 Vehicle.....................................................................213
Changing the Remote Control Battery.........23 Voice Control........................................................215
Remote Control With a Folding Key Wi-Fi.........................................................................212
Blade....................................................................23 Side Airbags.....................................................20
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............146 Side Curtain Airbags.......................................21
Replacement Parts Sitting in the Correct Position...................68
Recommendation.........................................8 Spare Wheel
Collision Repairs......................................................8 See: Changing a Road Wheel..........................151
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Special Notices.................................................8
Repairs...................................................................8 Stability Control.............................................96
Warranty on Replacement Parts......................8 Principle of Operation........................................96
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Starter Switch
Control.............................................................26 See: Ignition Switch.............................................75
Resetting the Tire Pressure Monitoring Starting a Diesel Engine...............................78
System..........................................................150 Cold or Hot Engine...............................................78
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Failure to Start.......................................................78
Procedure.........................................................150 Starting a Gasoline Engine..........................77
Roadside Emergencies..............................109 Cold or Hot Engine................................................77
Roof Racks and Load Carriers.................102 Engine Idle Speed after Starting....................78
Running-In Failure to Start.......................................................78
See: Breaking-In.................................................106 Fuel Flooded Engine............................................77
264
Index
Starting and Stopping the Engine............75 Trip Computer.................................................58

General Information............................................75 Average Fuel Economy......................................58
Steering.............................................................101 Average Speed......................................................58
Electric Power Steering.....................................101 Distance to Empty...............................................58
Steering Wheel Lock.....................................76 Instantaneous Fuel Economy.........................58
Vehicles with Keyless Starting.........................77 Odometer................................................................58
Vehicles without Keyless Starting..................76 Outside Ambient Temperature
Steering Wheel................................................37 Indication...........................................................58
Storage Compartments...............................73 Shift Indicator........................................................59
Streaming Bluetooth Audio.......................177 Trip Odometer.......................................................58
Selecting a Bluetooth Source.........................177
Sun Visors.........................................................52
Supplementary Restraints System..........18
U
Principle of Operation.........................................18 Under Hood Overview - 1.2L TiVCT........125
Switching Off the Engine.............................79 Under Hood Overview - 1.5L TDCi..........127
Vehicles With a Turbocharger..........................79 Under Hood Overview - 1.5L TiVCT.......126
Symbols Glossary.............................................5 USB Port...........................................................178
SYNC™ 3.........................................................179 Using MyKey With Remote Start
General Information...........................................179 Systems..........................................................29
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting.......................216 Using Stability Control.................................96
Switching the System Off and On.................96
T Using Traction Control.................................95
Switching the System Off.................................95
Technical Specifications Using Voice Recognition............................186
See: Capacities and Specifications.............158 Apps........................................................................190
Tire Care...........................................................149 Automatic Blower Motor Speed
Risks on the Road...............................................149 Reduction..........................................................191
Tire Pressures.................................................155 Climate Control...................................................188
Tires Entertainment......................................................187
See: Wheels and Tires......................................149 General...................................................................186
Towing Points..................................................113 Navigation.............................................................189
Front Towing Point..............................................113 Phone.....................................................................188
Rear Towing Point - 4 Door..............................114 Voice Settings.......................................................191
Rear Towing Point - 5 Door..............................114
Rear Towing Point - Freestyle.........................114
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
V
5-Speed Manual Transmission Vehicle Care....................................................143
5MX65...........................................................104 Vehicle Dimensions - 4-Door...................162
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels - Vehicle Dimensions - 5-Door...................164
6-Speed Automatic Transmission - Vehicle Identification Number................166
6F15................................................................104 Vehicle Identification Plate......................166
Emergency Towing............................................105 Vehicle Storage..............................................147
Towing..............................................................104 Battery.....................................................................147
Traction Control..............................................95 Body.........................................................................147
Principle of Operation........................................95 Brakes.....................................................................148
Transmission....................................................87 Cooling system....................................................147
Transporting the Vehicle.............................112 Engine......................................................................147
Fuel system...........................................................147
265
Index
General....................................................................147 Wheels and Tires..........................................149

Miscellaneous......................................................148 General Information..........................................149
Removing Vehicle From Storage..................148 Windows and Mirrors...................................48
Tires.........................................................................148 Windshield Washers......................................41
Ventilation Windshield Wipers........................................40
See: Climate Control...........................................62 Intermittent Wipe................................................40
VIN Wiper Blades
See: Vehicle Identification Number.............166 See: Checking the Wiper Blades...................133
Voice Control...................................................39 Wipers and Washers....................................40
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................54
Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................54
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Lamp....................................................................54
Brake System Warning Lamp..........................55
Direction Indicator................................................55
Door Ajar Warning Lamp...................................55
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Lamp....................................................................55
Engine Warning Lamps......................................55
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp......................55
Front Fog Lamp Indicator.................................55
Glow Plug Indicator.............................................55
Headlamp High Beam Indicator.....................56
Hill Start Assist Indicator..................................56
Ignition Warning Lamp.......................................56
Lamps on Indicator.............................................56
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp........................56
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp.............................56
Over Speed Warning Lamp..............................56
Power Steering......................................................56
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...................................56
Shift Indicator........................................................56
Stability Control and Traction Control
Indicator..............................................................56
Stability Control and Traction Control Off
Warning Lamp..................................................57
Warning Triangle..........................................109
Washer Fluid Check.....................................132
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................143
See: Wipers and Washers.................................40
Weights.............................................................161
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel..........................151
266
J7BX-19A321-ZCA, Edition date: 201801

Basic Interview Questions For Skills Tests

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Basic Interview Questions For Skills Tests

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print.

All rights reserved.

Introduction Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control

Child Safety Doors and Locks

Keys and Remote Controls Lighting

Rear Fog Lamps .............................................45 Storage Compartments

Information Displays Fuel and Refueling

Traction Control Fuel Shutoff ..................................................109

Vehicle Storage .............................................147 Using Voice Recognition ...........................186

Capacities and Specifications

Engine Specifications - 1.2L TiVCT .......158

ABOUT THIS MANUAL

Note: This manual describes product

manual may show features as used in Anti-lock braking system.

Brake system. Explosive gas.

Brake failure. Fan warning.

Cabin air filter. Fasten seatbelt.

Check fuel cap. Front airbag.

Child safety door lock. Front fog lamps.

Child safety door unlock. Fuel pump reset.

Child seat lower anchor. Fuse compartment.

Child seat tether anchor. Hazard warning flashers.

Cruise control. Heated rear window.

Do not open when hot. Heated windshield.

Electronic power steering Interior luggage compartment

Engine air filter. Jack.

Engine coolant. Keep out of reach of children.

Engine coolant temperature. Lighting control.

Engine oil. Low tire pressure warning.

Maintain correct fluid level. DATA RECORDING

Side airbag. These data are exclusively technical and

If services are used (e.g. repair works,

When using the vehicle, situations may Collision Repairs

Note: The tag is on the top left-hand side

Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

A Air vents. H Climate control. See Climate

INSTALLING CHILD WARNINGS

Child Restraints for Different Mass

Baby Safety Seat

Child Safety Seat Note: When using a child seat on a rear

Booster Seat (Group 2)

Secure children that weigh between 13 kg

Booster Seats E70710

WARNINGS We recommend that you use a booster

Secure children that weigh greater than

CHILD RESTRAINT WARNINGS

Mass group categories

Front Passenger X X UF¹ UF¹ UF¹

X Not suitable for children in this mass group.

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS

The childproof locks are located on the

FASTENING THE SEATBELTS Three-point seatbelts are available with

Note: Fasten the safety belt only with the

Position the lap strap comfortably across

Using Safety Belts During

1. Pull the button and slide the height

Note: Your vehicle may not be fitted with

The warning lamp illuminates and an

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The airbags are a supplemental restraint

DRIVER AND PASSENGER After all occupants have adjusted their

Children and Airbags

The driver and front passenger airbags will